BIBLIOGRAPHY MULTICULTURAL EDUCATION.

 

Version 1.0. May 2003.

 

 

 

Aalborg universitetscenter. (1994). Kulturmøde og interkulturel kompetence: Bidrag fra konferencen Kulturinteraktion og sproglig handlen på Aalborg Universitetscenter den 18.-19. november 1993. Aalborg: Center for Sprog og interkulturelle studier.

 

Aalborg universitetscenter. (1996). Language and cultural hegemony. Aalborg: University Press.

 

Abalos, D. T. (1996). Strategies of transformation toward a multicultural society. Fulfilling the story of democracy. New York, NY: Praeger.

 

Abbey, N., Brindis, C. D., Casas, M., & Matiella, A. C. (1990). Family life education in multicultural classrooms practical guidelines. Santa Cruz, CA: Network Publications.

 

Abbott, F. (Ed.). (1998). Boyhood, growing up male: A multicultural anthology. Madison, Wis.: University of Wisconsin Press.

 

Abbott, M., & Polk, B. J. (1993). Celebrating our diversity. Using multicultural literature to promote cultural awareness, grades K-2. Fearon Teacher Aids.

 

Abbott, M., & Polk, B. J. (1995). Celebrating our diversity using multicultural literature to promote cultural awareness, grades 3-6. Carthage, Ill.: Fearon Teacher Aids.

 

Abdallah-Pretceille, M. (1986). Vers une pédagogie interculturelle. Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne Institut national de recherche pédagogique.


Abdallah-Pretceille, M., & Porcher, L. (1996). Education et communication interculturelle. Paris: Presses universitaires de France.

 

Abdallah-Pretceille, M., & Thomas, A. (1995). Relations et apprentissages interculturales. Paris: Armand Colin.

 

Abdi, A. A. (2002). Culture, education, and development in South Africa historical and contemporary perspectives. Westport, CT: Bergin & Garvey.

 

Abe, S. (1994). 60-sai no ibunka taikenki IIP no kaigai kenshu de Beikoku shogakko no kyodan ni tatsu. Tokyo: NEC Kurieitibu.

 

Ablon, J., & Reid, J. W. (1966). An experimental high school project in cultural diversity. (Berkeley): University of California.

 

Abrantes, P., Serrazina, L., & Oliveira, I. (1999). A matemática na educação básica. Lisboa: Ministério da Educação, Departamento de Educação Básica.

 

Abreu, G. (1995). A matemática na vida versus na escola: Uma questão de cognição situada ou de identidades sociais? Psicologia: Teoria e Pesquisa, 11(2), 85-93.

 

Abreu, J. M. (2000). Counseling Expectations Among Mexican-American College-Students: The Role of Counselor Ethnicity. Journal of Multicultural Counseling and Development, 28(3), 130-143.

 

Abt-Perkins, D. (1996). Teaching writing in a multicultural classroom: Students and teacher as storytellers. In: Rios, Francisco A. (Ed.), Teacher thinking in cultural contexts. (pp. 151-184). Albany, NY, USA: State University of New York Press.

 

Abu Rabia, S. (1995). Attitudes and Cultural Background and Their Relationship to English in a Multicultural Social Context: The Case of Male and Female Arab Immigrants in Canada (1). Educational Psychology, 15(3), 323-336.

 

Abu Saad, I., & Hendrix, V. L. (1993). Pupil Control Ideology in a Multicultural Society: Arab and Jewish Teachers in Israeli Elementary-Schools. Comparative Education Review, 37(1), 21-30.

 

Accardo, A. (1996). Minority Languages and Intercultural Education in Germany; Minderheitensprachen und interkulturelle Erziehung in Deutschland. Lernen in Deutschland, 16(2), 129-139.

 

Acevedo, M., & Jurado Valencia, F. (1999). Culturas y escolaridad lenguaje y matemáticas : Competencias y proyectos de aula. Santafé de Bogotá, D.C., Colombia: Plaza & Janés Editores Colombia Universidad Nacional de Colombia, PUI en Educación La Educación en los Territorios de Frontera.

 

Ackerman, W. I. (1984). In pursuit of peace programs and practice in Israel. Tel-Aviv: International Center for Peace in the Middle East.

 

Acton, T. A. (Ed.). (2000). Language, blacks and gypsies languages without a written tradition and their role in education. London: Whiting & Birch.

 

Adam-Moodley, K. (1985). Race relations & multicultural education. Vancouver: Centre for the Study of Curriculum and Instruction, University of British Columbia.

 

Adams, M. (Ed.). (1997). Teaching for diversity and social justice a sourcebook. New York: Routledge.

 

Adelman, H., & Simpson, J. H. (Eds.). (1996). Multiculturalism, Jews, and identities in Canada. Jerusalem: Magnes Press, the Hebrew University.

 

Adelson, L. A. (Ed.). (2000). Atlas of a tropical Germany: Essays on politics and culture, 1990-1998. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.

 

Adler, S. (1993). Multicultural communication skills in the classroom. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Adragão, J. et. al. (1991). Várias culturas uma escola: Projecto de Investigação e Intervenção, Escola Primária da Quinta da Princesa. Setúbal: Escola Superior de Educação.

 

Ager, D. E., Muskens, G., & Wright, S. (Eds.). (1993). Language education for intercultural communication. Multilingual Matters.

 

Aguero, K. (Ed.). (1993). Daily fare. Essays from the multicultural experience. Athens, GA: University of Georgia Press.

 

Ahamad, B. (1987). Participation of different ethnic groups in postsecondary education. Ottawa: Policy, Analysis and Research, Multiculturalism, Secretary of State.

 

Aiken, S. H. (1994). Dialogues =: Dialogi : literary and cultural exchanges between (ex) Soviet and American women. Durham: Duke University Press.

 

Aikman, S. (1999). Intercultural education and literacy an ethnographic study of indigenous knowledge and learning in the Peruvian Amazone. Amsterdam Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins.

 

Alaiz, V. (1998). Projecto de educação intercultural: relatório de avaliação externa. Lisboa: Ministério da Educação.

 

Alatis, J. E. (1994). Educational linguistics, crosscultural communication, and global interdependence. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press.

 

Albert, R. D., & Triandis, H. C. (1985). Intercultural Education for Multicultural Societies: Critical Issues. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 9(3), 319-337.

 

Alberta. (1984). Final report. (Calgary): The Committee.

 

Alberta. (1984). Intercultural education discussion paper (no. 4). (Calgary): The Committee.

 

Alberta. (1984). Interim report. (Calgary): The Committee.

 

Alberta. (1985). Integrating cultural concepts into second language instruction: A case study approach. Edmonton?: Language Services Branch, Alberta Education.

 

Alberts, F. M., Davis, B. L., & Prentice, L. (1995). Validity of an observation screening instrument in a multicultural population. Journal of Early Intervention, 19(2), 168-177.

 

Albuquerque, R. (1996). Cadernos pedagógicos: jogos. Lisboa: Associação para a Cooperação Entre os Povos.

 

Albyn, C. L., & Webb, L. S. (1993). The multicultural cookbook for students. Oryx Press.

 

Alcoze, T., & Enote, J. (1993). Addison-Wesley multiculturalism in mathematics, science, and technology readings and activities. Menlo Park, CA Don Mills, ON: Addison-Wesley Publishing Co..

 

Alix, C., & Bertrand, G. (1994). Pour une pédagogie des échanges. (Paris): EDICEF.

 

Allaire, G., & Lafontant, J. (1993). L´État et les minorités: Textes du colloque tenu au Collège universitaire de Saint-Boniface les 6 et 7 novembre 1993. Saint-Boniface, Man.: Éditions du Blé.

 

Allemann-Ghionda, C. (1994). Multikultur und Bildung in Europa. Bern New York: P. Lang.

 

Allemann-Ghionda, C. (1999). Education et diversité socio-culturelle. Paris: L´Harmattan.

 

Allemann-Ghionda, C., GoumoÉns, C., & Perregaux, C. (1999). Pluralité linguistique et culturelle dans la formation des enseignants. Fribourg (Suisse): Ed. Universitaires Fribourg.

 

Allen, J., McNeill, E., & Schmidt, V. (1992). Cultural awareness for children. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

 

Alliance for Education in Global and International Studies. (19uu). Access. --. New York: American Forum.

 

Allport, G. W., & Bigelow, K. W. (1951). Cultural groups & human relations twelve lectures before the Conference on Educational Problems of Special Cultural Groups, held at Teachers College, Columbia University, August 18 to September 7, 1949. New York: Bureau of Publications, Teachers College, Columbia University.

 

Allport, G. W., & Bigelow, K. W. (1951). Culture groups (and) human relations twelve lectures before the Conference on Educational Problems of Special Cultural Groups, held at Teachers College, Columbia university, August 18 to September 7, 1949. New York: Bureau of Publications, Teachers College, Columbia University.

 

Alternatives to Racism (Association). (1984). New friends. Vancouver: Western Education Development Group, Faculty of Education, University of British Columbia.

 

Althen, G. (Ed.). (1994). Learning across cultures. NAFSA: Association of Int. Educators.

 

Althen, G., & Dunnett, S. (Eds.). (1981). Learning across cultures. Intercultural communication and international educational exchange. National Assn. for For. Student Affairs.

 

Altieri, J. L. (1995). Multicultural literature and multiethnic readers: Examining aesthetic involvement and preferences for text. Reading Psychology, 16(1), 43-70.

 

Altieri, J. L. (1996). Childrens Written Responses to Multicultural Texts: A Look at Aesthetic Involvement and the Focuses of Aesthetically Complex Responses. Reading Research and Instruction, 35(3), 237-248.

 

Altman, H. B., Hanzeli, V. E., & Nostrand, H. L. (1974). Essays on the teaching of culture a festschrift to honor Howard Lee Nostrand. Detroit: Advancement Press of America.

 

Aluffi-Pentini, A. (Ed.). (1996). Anti-racist work with young people European experiences and approaches. Lyme Regis: Russell House.

 

Aluffi-Pentini, A., & Lorenz, W. (Eds.). (1996). Anti-racist work with young people: European experiences and approaches. Lyme Regis: Russell House.

 

Alvermann, D. E., & Phelps, S. F. (1994). Content reading and literacy. Succeeding in today´s diverse classrooms. London: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Alvermann, D. E., & Phelps, S. F. (1998). Content reading and literacy succeeding in today´s diverse classrooms. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Alvermann, D. E., & Phelps, S. F. (2002). Content reading and literacy succeeding in today´s diverse classrooms. Boston, MA: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Alves, N. et al. (1997). Escola e Comunidade Local. Lisboa: Instituto de Inovação Educacional.

 

American Council on Education. (1972). Annual report. --. Washington: The Committee.

 

American Council on Education. C. L. A. (1950). College study in intergroup relations. (Washington: American Council of Education.

 

Ammons, E. (Ed.). (1994). Tricksterism in turn-of-the-century American literature: A multicultural perspective. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England.

 

Ancis, J. R., Choney, S. K., & Sedlacek, W. E. (1996). University student attitudes toward American Indians. Journal of Multicultural Counseling and Development, 24(1), 26-36.

 

Anderson, D. J., & Cranston-Gingras, A. (1991). Sensitizing counselors and educators to multicultural issues: An interactive approach. Special Issue: Multiculturalism as a fourth force in counseling. Journal of Counseling and Development, 70(1), 91-98.

 

Anderson, E. M., & Lebans, R. (1988). The role of the reader in the curriculum the third report : A curricular approach to anti-racist education. (North York, Ont.): North York Board of Education, Curriculum and Staff Development Services.

 

Anderson, J. G. (Ed.). (1995). Thinking globally about language education. Vancouver, B.C.: Research and Development in Global Studies, Centre for the Study of Curriculum and Instruction, University of British Columbia.

 

Anderson, W. M. (Ed.). (1989). Multicultural perspectives in music education. Reston, Va.: Music Educators National Conference.

 

Anderson, W. M. (Ed.). (1998). Making connections multicultural music and the national standards. Reston, VA: Music Educators National Conference.

 

Anderson, W. M., & Campbell, P. S. (Eds.). (1989). Multicultural perspectives in music education. Music Educators Natl. Conf.

 

Andrews, J. (1984). Once the seed is sown potentials for the use of Canadian children´s books in the strengthening of multiculturalism. (Ottawa): Multiculturalism Canada.

 

Anglin, J. M. (1995). Classifying the World Through Language: Functional Relevance, Cultural Significance, and Category Name Learning. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 19(2), 161-181.

 

Antonescu, S., Wildman, L., & California State University, B. (1993). A Faculty inservice on developing greater cross cultural understanding. (Bakersfield, CA: Advanced Educational Studies Dept, California State University.

 

Aoki, T. T. (Ed.). (1978). Canadian ethnicity the politics of meaning. Vancouver: Centre for the Study of Curriculum and Instruction, University of British Columbia.

 

Appel, M. (1996). The Impact of diversity on students. A preliminary review of the research literature. Association of Am. Colleges and Univs..

 

Apple, M. W. (1982). Education and power. Boston, MA: Ark Paperbacks.

 

Applebee, A. N., Langer, J. A., & Foote, D. W. (1993). Multicultural perspectives. New York: McDougal, Littell & Co..

 

Appleyard, F., McGrath, J., & Thompson, L. (1989). Bias, controversy and censorship in language arts/English a teacher´s guide. (Toronto): Language Study Centre, Toronto Board of Education.

 

Aranguren Gonzalo, L. A., & Sáez Ortega, P. (1998). De la tolerancia a la interculturalidad un proceso educativo en torno a la diferencia. Madrid: Grupo Anaya.

 

Araújo, G. M. L. (1997). O discurso indígena subsídios para a comunicação intercultural. Recife, PE: Editora Universitária UFPE.

 

Aronson, E., & Patnoe, S. (1997). The jigsaw classroom building cooperation in the classroom. New York: Longman.

 

Arora, R. K. (Ed.). (1986). Multicultural education towards good practice. London Boston: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

 

Arora, R. K., & Duncan, C. G. (Eds.). (1986). Multicultural education. Towards good practice. London: Routledge.

 

Arteaga, A. (Ed.). (1994). An Other tongue: Nation and ethnicity in the linguistic borderlands. Durham: Duke University Press.

 

Arthur, J., & Shapiro, A. (Eds.). (1995). Campus wars. Multiculturalism and the politics of difference. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

 

Artiles, A. J., Barreto, R. M., Pena, L., & Mcclafferty, K. (1998). Pathways to Teacher Learning in Multicultural Contexts: A Longitudinal Case-Study of 2 Novice Bilingual Teachers in Urban-Schools. Remedial and Special Education, 19(2), 70-90.

 

Arvizu, S. F., & Saravia-Shore, M. (1992). Cross-cultural literacy: Ethnographies of communication in multiethnic classrooms. New York: Garland.

 

ASCD Improving Student Achievement Research Panel. C. R. W. (1995). Educating everybody´s children diverse teaching strategies for diverse learners : What research and practice say about improving achievement. Alexandria, VA: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.

 

Ascher, M. (1998). Mathématiques d´ailleurs: nombres, formes et jeux dans les sociétés traditionnelles. Paris: Seuil.

 

Ashraf, M. (1999). Come brother, lie down! multicultural short stories. Karachi New York: Oxford University Press.

 

Ashworth, M. (1988). Blessed with bilingual brains education of immigrant children with English as a second language. Vancouver: Pacific Educational Press.

 

Ashworth, M., & Esling, J. H. (1989). Multicultural education and policy ESL in the 1990s : A tribute to Mary Ashworth. Toronto: OISE Press/Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

 

Association for Childhood Education International. (1974). Children and intercultural education. --. (Washington: Association for Childhood Education International.

 

Association française d´éducation comparée. M. A. M. (1995). Pluralisme et éducation politiques et pratiques au Canada, en Europe et dans les pays du Sud : L´apport de l´éducation comparée : actes du Colloque de l´Association francophone d´éducation comparée, tenu à l´Université de Montréal du 10 au 13 mai 1994. Montréal: Université de Montréal, Vice-décanat aux études supérieures et à la recherche.

 

Association of Research Libraries. (1990). Cultural diversity programming in ARL libraries. --. Washington, D.C.: Systems and Procedures Exchange Center, Office of Management Studies, Association of Research Libraries.

 

Atwater, M. M. (Ed.). (1994). Multicultural education inclusion of all. Athens, GA: University of Georgia, College of Education.

 

Atwood, R. (Ed.). (1986). Communication and Latin American society: Trends in critical research, 1960-1985. Madison, Wis.: University of Wisconsin Press.

 

Au, K. H. P. (1993). Literacy instruction in multicultural settings. Fort Worth: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich College Publishers.

 

Auer, P., & Kotthoff, H. (1987). Interkulturelle vs. lernersprachliche Erklarungen fur pragmatische Defizite im L2-Erwerbsprozess. (Intercultural vs Learner-Linguistic Explanations of the Pragmatic Deficits in the Second-Language Acquisition Process). Beitrage zur Fremdsprachenvermittlung aus dem Konstanzer SLI, 17, 1-17.

 

Auernheimer, G. (1996). Interkulturelle Erziehung im Schulalltag Fallstudien zum Umgang von Schulen mit der multikulturellen Situation. Münster New York: Waxmann.

 

Aufderheide, P. (Ed.). (1992). Beyond PC. Toward a politics of understanding. Saint Paul, MN: Graywolf Press.

 

Auletta, G. S. (Ed.). (1995). Toward the multicultural university. Westport, Conn.: Praeger.

 

Austen, J., & Wirdnam, R. (Eds.). (1985). Persuasion. London: MacMillan.

 

Avnat, A., & Rosner, M. (1984). The kibbutz special care class as an intercultural meeting place. Haifa: University of Haifa.

 

Ayim, M. A. (1996). Empowerment through health education. Organization, administration, and the practice of comprehensive health education in developing countries and multicultural settings. Bristol Banner Books.

 

Baba, N. (1994). Ryugaku wozu musume Ayumi to sugoshita Rosu no 1500-nichi / Baba Nobuhiro. Tokyo: Kodansha.

 

Baca, L., & Almanza, E. (1991). Language minority students with disabilities. Council for Exceptional Children.

 

Bachelor, D. L. (1991). Educational reform in New Mexico Tireman, San José, and Nambé. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press.

 

Bachmann, S., Gerhold, S., & Wessling, G. (1996). A Typology of Exercises and Drills for Intercultural Learning, with Examples from Sichtwechsel-neu; Aufgaben- und Ubungstypologie zum interkulturellen Lernen-mit Beispielen aus Sichtwechsel-neu. Zielsprache Deutsch, 27(2), 77-91.

 

Bachner, D. J., Malone, L. J., & Snider, M. C. (2001). Learning interdependence a case study of the international/intercultural education of first-year  college students. Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina.

 

Bade, K. J., Herwartz-Emden, L., & Wenzel, H. J. (1998). Institut für Migrationsforschung und Interkulturelle Studien (IMIS) der Universität Osnabrück Bericht 1991-1997. Osnabrück: Universitätsverlag Rasch.

 

Baetens-Beardsmore, H. (1996). Reconciling Content Acquisition and Language Acquisition in Bilingual Classrooms. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 17, 2-4, 114-122.

 

Bagley, C. (Ed.). (1979). Race, education, and identity. New York: St. Martin´s Press.

 

Bagley, C. (Ed.). (1983). Multicultural childhood education, ethnicity and cognitive styles. Aldershot: Gower.

 

Bagley, C. (Ed.). (1983). Multicultural childhood: Education, ethnicity and cognitive styles. Aldershot: Gower.

 

Bagley, C. (Ed.). (1984). Race relations and cultural differences educational and interpersonal perspectives. London New York: Croom Helm in association with the International Centre for Intercultural Studies, University of Bradford St. Martin´s Press.

 

Bagley, C., & Verma, G. K. (1984). Multicultural childhood education, ethnicity, and cognitive styles /edited by Christopher Bagley and Gajendra K. Verma. --. --. Aldershot, Hampshire, England: Gower, 1984..

 

Bagley, C., & Verma, G. K. (Eds.). (1983). Multicultural childhood. Education, ethnicity and cognitive styles. Aldershot: Gower.

 

Bailey, C., Fung, R., Heller, L., Obomsawin, A., & Davis, A. (1993). Fresh looks anti-racist film and video. Toronto: V Tape.

 

Bak, H. (Ed.). (1993). Multiculturalism and the canon of American culture. VU University Press.

 

Baker, G. C. (1983). Planning and organizing for multicultural instruction. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

 

Baker, G. C. (1994). Planning and organizing for multicultural instruction. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

 

Bal, W. (1974). L´Université et la pluralité des cultures actes du séminaire, (Louvain-la-Neuve, 21-25 mai 1973). Montréal: Association des universités partiellement ou entièrement de langue française.

 

Baldwin, A. Y. (1991). Gifted black adolescents: Beyond racism and pride. In Marlene Bireley, & Judy Genshaft (Eds.), Understanding the gifted adolescent: Educational, developmental, and multicultural issues. Education and psychology of the gifted series. (pp. 231-239). New York, NY: Teachers College Press.

 

Ball, A. F. (1995). Text Design Patterns in the Writing of Urban African American Students: Teaching to the Cultural Strengths of Students in Multicultural Settings. Urban Education, 30(3), 253-289.

 

Ball, H. (Ed.). (1998). Multicultural education in colleges and universities a transdisciplinary approach. Mahwah, N.J.: L. Erlbaum Associates.

 

Ballesteros, O. A. (1983). Bilingual-bicultural education. An annotated bibliography, 1936-1982. McFarland and Co.

 

Baloche, L. A. (1998). The cooperative classroom empowering learning. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Merrill.

 

Baltuck, N. (1995). Apples from heaven. Multicultural folktales about stories and storytellers. Linnet Books.

 

Bancroft, G. W. (Ed.). (1982). The Novice and the newcomer student teachers´ perspectives on multiculturalism and education. London, Ont.: Third Eye.

 

Banfield, B. (1979). Black focus on multicultural education: How to develop an anti-racist, anti-sexist curriculum. New York: E. W. Blyden Press.

 

Banks, C. A. M. G. (Ed.). (1993). Multicultural education issues and perspectives. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Banks, C. A. M. G. (Ed.). (1995). Handbook of research on multicultural education. New York London: Macmillan Prentice Hall International.

 

Banks, C. A. M. G., & Banks, J. A. (Eds.). (1993). Multicultural education: Issues and perspectives. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Banks, J. A. (1981). Multiethnic education. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Banks, J. A. (1988). Multiethnic education. Theory and practice. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Banks, J. A. (1994). An introduction to multicultural education. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Banks, J. A. (1994). Multiethnic education. Theory and practice. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Banks, J. A. (1995). Multicultural education and the modification of students´ racial attitudes. In Willis D. Hawley, & Anthony Wells Jackson (Eds.), Toward a common destiny: Improving race and ethnic relations in America. (pp. 315-339). San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass Inc.

 

Banks, J. A. (1997). Educating citizens in a multicultural society. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Banks, J. A. (1997). Teaching strategies for ethnic studies. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Banks, J. A. (1998). An introduction to multicultural education. Boston, MA Toronto: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Banks, J. A. (Ed.). (1995). Handbook of research on multicultural education. London: MacMillan.

 

Banks, J. A. (Ed.). (1981). Education in the 80´s, multiethnic education. Washington, D.C.: National Education Association.

 

Banks, J. A. (Ed.). (1986). Multicultural education in Western societies. New York Toronto: Praeger.

 

Banks, J. A. (Ed.). (1996). Multicultural education, transformative knowledge, and action : historical and contemporary perspectives. New York, NY: Teachers College Press.

 

Banks, J. A. (Ed.). (1997). Multicultural education issues and perspectives. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Banks, J. A., & Banks, C. A. (1989). Multicultural education: issues and perspectives. Boston: Alliyn and Bacon.

 

Banks, J. A., & Banks, C. A. M. G. (Eds.). (1993). Multicultural education. Issues and perspectives. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Banks, J. A., & Banks, C. A. M. G. (Eds.). (1997). Multicultural education: Issues and perspectives. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Banks, J. A., & Banks, C. A. M. G. (Eds.). (2001). Multicultural education: Issues and perspectives. New York: John Wiley.

 

Banks, J. A., & Lynch, J. (Eds.). (1986). Multicultural education in Western societies. New York, NY: Praeger.

 

Baptiste, H. P., Baptiste, M. L., Gollnick, D. M., Osayande, K. I. M., & Levy, J. (1980). Multicultural teacher education. Washington, D.C.: Commission on Multicultural Education, American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education.

 

Barahona, M. (Ed.). (1998). Educación bilingüe e intercultural en Centroamérica y México ponencias del Primer Simposium de Educación Bilingüe Intercultural en Honduras, Tegucigalpa, 27, 28 y 29 de julio de 1995. Tegucigalpa, Honduras: Editorial Guaymuras SNV, Servicio Holandés de Cooperación al Desarrollo.

 

Barba, R. H. (1995). Science in the multicultural classroom. A guide to teaching and learning. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Barba, R. H. (1998). Science in the multicultural classroom a guide to teaching and learning. Boston, MA Toronto: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Barbarash, L. (1997). Multicultural games. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

 

Bargiela-Chiappini, F., & Harris, S. (1997). The languages of business an international perspective. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

 

Barnett-Mizrahi, C., & Trueba, H. T. (1979). Bilingual multicultural education and the professional from theory to practice. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House Publishers.

 

Baron, A. J. (,college students. In: Lee, Courtland C., &  Richardson, Bernard L. (Eds.), Multicultural issues in counseling: New approaches to diversity. (pp. 171-184). Alexandria, VA, USA: American Association for Counseling and Development.

 

Barr, J. (Ed.). (1996). Celebrating the mosaic: A handbook and guide to resources for multicultural education. Delta, BC Vancouver, BC: Consortium on Cultural Diversity in Education (CODE) distributed by BC Teachers´ Federation, Lesson Aids Service.

 

Barr, J. Multiculturalism BC. (1996). Celebrating the mosaic a handbook and guide to resources for multicultural education. (Delta, BC) Vancouver, BC: Consortium on Cultural Diversity in Education (CODE) (distributed by BC Teachers´ Federation, Lesson Aids Service).

 

Barrett, J. P. (1981). Teaching global awareness an approach for grades 1-6 : An experimental unit. Denver, Colo.: Center for Teaching International Relations, University of Denver (Colorado Seminary).

 

Barrette, C., Gaudet,, & Lemay, D. (1996). Guide de communication interculturelle. Saint-Laurent, Québec: Éditions du Renouveau pédagogique.

 

Barrette, C., Gaudet Édithe L. D. (1993). Guide de communication interculturelle. Saint-Laurent, Québec: Éditions du Renouveau pédagogique.

 

Barry, N. H., & Lechner, J. V. (1995). Preservice Teachers Attitudes About and Awareness of Multicultural Teaching and Learning. Teaching and Teacher Education, 11(2), 149-161.

 

Barsdate, K. J. (1991). Educating a culturally diverse student population. Teaching methods and the learning process. Educational Res. Service.

 

Bartolomé, L. I. (1998). The misteaching of academic discourses the politics of language in the classroom. Boulder, Colo.: Westview Press.

 

Bartolomé, M., & Cabrera Rodríguez, F. (1997). Diagnóstico a la escuela multicultural. Barcelona: Cedecs Editorial.

 

Baruth, L. G., & Manning, M. L. (1992). Multicultural education of children and adolescents. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Baruth, L. G., & Manning, M. L. (1996). Multicultural education of children and adolescents. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Baskauskas, L. (1986). Unmasking culture cross-cultural perspectives in the social and behavioral sciences. Novato, Calif.: Chandler & Sharp.

 

Baskauskas, L. (Ed.). (1986). Unmasking culture. Cross-cultural perspectives in the social and behavioral sciences. Chandler and Sharp.

 

Bassand, M. (1985). A multiform cultural movement Styria in Austria. Strasbourg: Council for Cultura Co-operation.

 

Bates, M. S. (1996). Biocultural dimensions of chronic pain. Implications for treatment of multi-ethnic populations. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Batts, M. S. (1975). Translation and interpretation, the multi-cultural context a symposium, April 18-19, 1975, Carleton University = Colloque sur le contexte multi-culturel de la traduction et de l´interprétation, Université Carleton, le 18-19 avril, 1975. Vancouver: CAUTG.

 

Bauer, H. (1995). From the Babylonian Confusion of Languages to International Discourse: Plea for a Concept of Multicultural English Instruction; Von der babylonischen Sprachenverwirrung zum internationalen Diskurs. Pladoyer fur ein Konzept des multikulturellen Englischunterricchts. Praxis des neusprachlichen Unterrichts, 42(3), 227-232.

 

Bauhn, P., Lindberg, C., & Lundberg, S. (1995). Multiculturalism and nationhood in Canada: The cases of First Nations and Quebec. Lund, Sweden: Lund University Press.

 

Baumann, G. (1996). Contesting culture. Discourses of identity in multi-ethnic London. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

 

Baumgratz-Gangl, G. (1993). Compétence transculturelle et échanges éducatifs. Vanves: Hachette F.L.E..

 

Baur, S., Carli, A., & Larcher, D. (1995). Interkulturelles Handeln neue Perspektiven des Zweitsprachlernens = Agire tra le culture : Nuove prospettive nell´apprendimento della seconda lingua. Meran: Alpha & Beta.

 

Bavington, J. (1976). Cultures in Canada. Toronto: Maclean-Hunter Learning Materials.

 

Basadur, M., Wakabayashi, M., & Takai, J. (1992). Training Effects on the Divergent Thinking Attitudes of Japanese Managers. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 16(3), 329-345.

 

Batts, V. A. (1990). An experiential workshop: Introduction to multiculturalism. In George Stricker, Elizabeth Davis-Russell, Edward Bourg, Eduardo Duran, W. Rodney Hammond, James McHolland, Kenneth Polite, & Billy E. Vaughn (Eds.), Toward ethnic diversification in psychology education and training. (pp. 9-16). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

 

Beaty, J. J. (1997). Building bridges with multicultural picture books for children 3-5. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Merrill.

 

Beauchesne, A. (1988). L´éducation interculturelle guide de ressources en langue française. Montréal: Conseil scolaire de l´île de Montréal.

 

Beauchesne, A., Leblanc, M., & Turmel, H. (1991). Éducation et pédagogie interculturelles (guide de formation). (Sherbrooke) Québec: Éditions du CRP.

 

Becker, C. B. (1990). Higher-Education in Japan: Facts and Implications. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 14(4), 425-447.

 

Becker, G. E., & Coburn-Staege, U. (1994). Pädagogik gegen Fremdenfeindlichkeit, Rassismus und Gewalt: Mut und Engagement in der Schule. Weinheim: Beltz.

 

Bedfordshire Education Service. (1991). A Multicultural songbook. (Bedford, England: Bedfordshire Education Service.

 

Behrens, J. (1993). Chinese New Year celebration box. Carson, CA: Lakeshore Learning Materials.

 

Behrens, J. (1993). Cinco de Mayo celebration box. Carson, CA: Lakeshore Learning Materials.

 

Behrens, J. (1993). Hanukkah celebration box. Carson, CA: Lakeshore Learning Materials.

 

Behrens, J. (1993). Powwow celebration box. Carson, CA: Lakeshore Learning Materials.

 

Beiner, R., & Norman, W. (Eds.). (2001). Canadian political philosophy: Contemporary reflections. Don Mills, Ont.: Oxford University Press.

 

Belard, M. (1993). European clubs. Strasbourg: Council of Europe.

 

Belding, N., Harkins, A. M., & Woods, R. G. (1969). Evaluation report of the 1968-69 University of Minnesota cultural education specialist and associate program Indian American and Afro-American aspects. Minneapolis: Training Center for Community Programs, University of Minnesota.

 

Belkhir, J. (1993). Race, gender & class in the world cultures: An interdisciplinary & multicultural journal. Towson, MD: Institute for Teaching and Research on Women, Towson State University.

 

Bell, G. H. (1991). Developing a European dimension in primary schools. London: David Fulton Publishers Ltd..

 

Ben-Ari, R. (Ed.). (1997). Enhancing education in heterogeneous schools theory and application ; studies in memory of Yehuda Amir. Ramat-Gan: Bar-Ilan University Press.

 

Bénard da Costa, A. M. (1996). A escola inclusiva: do conceito à prática. Inovação, 9(1-2), 151-163.

 

Bénard da Costa, A. M. (1998). Projecto ”Escolas inclusivas”. Inovação, 11(2), 57-85.

 

Benjamin, M. (1996). Cultural diversity, educational equity, and the transformation of higher education group profiles as a guide to policy and programming. Westport, Conn.: Praeger.

 

Bennett, C., Niggle, T., & Stage, F. (1990). Preservice multicultural teacher education: Predictors of student readiness. Teaching and Teacher Education, 6(3), 243-254.

 

Bennett, C. I. (1986). Comprehensive multicultural education. Theory and practice. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Bennett, C. I. (1990). Comprehensive multicultural education. Theory and practice. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Bennett, C. I. (1995). Comprehensive multicultural education. Theory and practice. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Bennett, J. M. (1986). Modes of Cross-Cultural Training: Conceptualizing Cross- Cultural Training As Education. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 10(2), 117-134.

 

Bennett, M. J. (1986). A Developmental-Approach to Training for Intercultural Sensitivity. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 10(2), 179-196.

 

Bennett, P. W. (1978). The Canadian mosaic an approach to Canada´s multicultural heritage : Curriculum aid. Aurora, Ont.: York County Board of Education, Division of Planning and Development.

 

Bentley, J. H. (1993). Old World encounters: Cross-cultural contacts and exchanges in pre-modern times. New York: Oxford University Press.

 

Bérard,, Seksig, A., & Trublin-Savoye, H. (1989). Connaissance et rencontre des cultures à l´école. Paris: CRDP de Paris.

 

Berlin, J. A. (1996). Rhetorics, poetics, and cultures: Refiguring college English studies. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

 

Berman, P. (Ed.). (1992). Debating P.C. The controversy over political correctness on college campuses. New York: Dell.

 

Bernheimer, C. (Ed.). (1995). Comparative literature in the age of multiculturalism. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press.

 

Bernstein, R. (1995). Dictatorship of virtue. How the battle over multiculturalism is reshaping our schools, our country, and our lives. New York, NY: Vintage.

 

Berrier, A. (1992). Conversation Class, Passivity, and Intercultural Factors; Classe de conversation, passivite et interculturel. Revue quebecoise de linguistique, 21(1), 29-40.

 

Berry, J. W., Laferrière, M., & Samuda, R. J. (1984). Multiculturalism in Canada social and educational perspectives. Toronto: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Berry, J. W., & Laponce, J. A. (Eds.). (1994). Ethnicity and culture in Canada. The research landscape. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

.

 

Berthelot, J. (1991). Apprendre à vivre ensemble immigration, société et éducation. (Québec): CEQ Editions Saint-Martin.

 

Bertrand, J., & Sylvestre Stolarik, M. A. (1994). Visa pour l´amitié. Vanier, Ont.: Centre franco-ontarien de ressources pédagogiques.

 

Beynon, J., & Adrien, M. (1990). Multicultural curriculum resources: A guide to the V.S.B. collection K-6. Vancouver, BC: Program Services, Vancouver School Board.

 

Bibby, R. W. (1982). The precarious mosaic divergence & convergence in the Canadian 80s. (Lethbridge, Alta): University of Lethbridge.

 

Bickley, V. C. (Ed.). (1989). Language teaching and learning styles within and across cultures. Hong Kong: Institute of Language in Education, Education Department.

 

Bidari, A., & Ijaz, M. A. (1992). Changing perspectives: A resource guide for antiracist and ethnocultural education : all divisions and OACs, 1992. Toronto: Minstry of Education.

 

Bigelow, B. (Ed.). (1995). Rethinking our classrooms teaching for equity and justice. Milwaukee, WI: Rethinking Schools.

 

Bigler, E. (1999). American conversations: Puerto Ricans, white ethnics, and multicultural education. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press.

 

Biocchi, R., Radcliffe, S., University of Western Ontario. C. M. H. A. L. M. (1983). A shared experience bridging cultures : Resources for cross cultural training. London, Ont.: London Cross Cultural Learner Centre Canadian Mental Health Association, London, Middlesex.

 

Biocchi, R., Radcliffe, S., University of Western Ontario C. M. H. A. L. M. (1983). A shared experience: Bridging cultures : resources for cross cultural training. London, Ont.: London Cross Cultural Learner Centre Canadian Mental Health Association, London, Middlesex.

 

Bird, A., Heinbuch, S., Dunbar, R., & Mcnulty, M. (1993). A Conceptual-Model of the Effects of Area Studies Training-Programs and a Preliminary Investigation of the Models Hypothesized Relationships. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 17(4), 415-435.

 

Bireley, M., & Genshaft, J. (Eds.). (1991). Understanding the gifted adolescent. Educational, developmental, and multicultural issues. New York, NY: Teachers College Press.

 

Bishop, A. J. (1978). Spatial abilities in a Papua New Guinea context. Papua New Guinea: University of Technology.

 

Bishop, A. J. (1988). Mathematical enculturation: A cultural perspective on mathematics education. Dordrecht: Kluwer Publishers.

 

Bishop, A. J. (1988). Mathematics Education in its cultural context. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 19, 179-191.

 

Bishop, R. S. (Ed.). (1994). Kaleidoscope. A multicultural booklist for grades K-8. National Council of Teachers of English.

 

Bittner, A., & Reisch, B. (1994). Interkulturelles Personalmanagement internationale Personalentwicklung, Auslandsentsendungen, interkulturelles Training. Wiesbaden: Gabler.

 

Bizyan, S. (1986). al-Shabab al-Jaza iri fi al-mahjar wa-al-bahth  an al-huwiyah al-thaqafiyah. al-Jaza ir: al-Mu assasah al-Wataniyah lil-Kitab.

 

Blake, B., & Kruger, T. (1994). Bridging cultures a program kit for schools and public libraries. New York: Neal-Schuman.

 

Blake, B. F., Heslin, R., & Curtis, S. C. (1996). Measuring impacts of cross-cultural training. In Dan Landis, & Rabi S. Bhagat (Eds.), Handbook of intercultural training (2nd ed.). (pp. 165-182). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

 

Blakey, L., Hattiangadi, M., & Stanton, S. (1995). Our wonderful world. (Scarborough, Ont.): Ginn Canada.

 

Blakey, L., Hattiangadi, M., & Stanton, S. (1996). Our wonderful world. (Scarborough, Ont.): Prentice Hall Ginn Canada.

 

Blanck, D., & Runblom, H. (Eds.). (1991). Swedish life in American cities. Uppsala University Centre for Multiethnic Res.

 

Blei, D., & Zeuner, U. (1998). Theorie und Praxis interkultureller Landeskunde im Deutschen als Fremdsprache. Bochum: AKS-Verlag.

 

Bleidt, B. (Ed.). (1993). Multicultural pharmaceutical education. Pharmaceutical Products Press.

 

Block, C. C., & Zinke, J. A. (1995). Creating a culturally enriched curriculum for grades K-6. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Blohm, J. M., Hartley, C., & Lapinsky, T. (1995). Man from Mars: Unspoken assumptions of words. Special Issue: Language, culture, and world view. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 19(2), 313-317.

 

Blohm, J. M., Hartley, C., & Lapinsky, T. (1995). Piglish: A Language-Learning Exercise. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 19(2), 303-312.

 

Bloom, D. (1994). Multicultural art activities kit. Ready-to-use lessons and projects with 194 drawings, photos, and color prints. Center for Applied Res. in Educ.

 

Bloom, D., & Walter, V. (1994). Multicultural art activities kit. Ready-to-use lessons and projects with 194 drawings, photos, and color prints. Center for Applied Res. in Educ.

 

Bloom, L. R. (1998). The Politics of Difference and Multicultural Feminism: Reconceptualizing Education for Democracy. Theory and Research in Social Education, 26(1), 30-49.

 

Board of Education for the City of York. (1990). Report of the Program Review Committee on Multicultural Education/Race Relations. (York, Ont.): The Board.

 

Bob, G. (Ed.). (1992). Contemporary books reflecting Canada´s cultural diversity: A selected annotated bibliography for grades K-12. Vancouver: British Columbia Teacher-Librarians´ Association.

 

Bock, L., Guengerich, S., & Martin, H. (1997). Multicultural math fun holidays around the year. Portland, ME: J. Weston Walch Publisher.

 

Bodnar, J. E., Masemann, V. L., & Rist, R. C. (1980). Multicultural education, perspectives for the 1980´s. (Buffalo, N.Y.): Department of Social Foundations and Comparative Education Center, Faculty of Educational Studies, State University of New York at Buffalo.

 

Boiko, M., Coynes, G., & Krepakevich, J. (1991). Alex Taylor Community School learning with love. (Canada): NFB, North West Centre.

 

Bommes, M. (1993). Migration und Sprachverhalten eine ethnographisch-sprachwissenschaftliche Fallstudie. Wiesbaden: Deutscher Universitäts Verlag.

 

Bommes, M. (1993). Migration und Sprachverhalten: Eine ethnographisch-sprachwissenschaftliche Fallstudie. Wiesbaden: Deutscher Universitäts Verlag.

 

Bonnett, A. (1993). Radicalism, anti-racism, and representation. London New York: Routledge.

 

Bonnett, A. (2000). Anti-racism. New York: Routledge.

 

Bonnett, A. (1993). Radicalism, anti-racism, and representation. London: Routledge.

 

Borevi, K., & Svanberg, I. (Eds.). (1994). Multiethnic studies: Report on research and other activities from the Centre for Multiethnic Research. Uppsala: Centre for Multiethnic Research, Uppsala University, Faculty of Arts.

 

Borman, K. M., & Baber, M. Y. (1998). Ethnic diversity in communities and schools recognizing and building on strengths. Greenwich, Conn.: Ablex Publishing Corp..

 

Borrego, D., & Pavon, A. E. (2002). 25 Latino craft projects . Chicago: American Library Association.

 

Bostock, W. W. (Ed.). (1977). Towards a multi-cultural Tasmania report of a conference. Hobart: Multi-cultural Conference Committee, University of Tasmania.

 

Bottani, N. (1989). One school, many cultures. Paris: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.

 

Boufoybastick, B. (1997). Using Language Policies to Highlight and Contrast the Values That Shape Multicultural Societies: Examples from Singapore and Australia. Australian Journal of Education, 41(1), 59-76.

 

Boulding, E. (1988). Building a global civic culture education for an interdependent world. New York: Teachers College Press, Teachers College, Columbia University.

 

Boulding, E. (1990). Building a global civic culture education for an interdependent world. Syracuse, N.Y.: Syracuse University Press.

 

Bourdieu, P., Passeron, J. C., & Saint-Martin, M. (1994). Academic discourse. Linguistic misunderstanding and professorial power. Cambridge: Polity Press.

 

Bourne, J., Bridges, L., & Searle, C. (1994). Outcast England how schools exclude black children. London: Institute of Race Relations.

 

Boutain, D. M., & Olivares, S. A. (1999). Nurturing Educational Multiculturalism in Psychosocial Nursing: Creating New Possibilities Through Inclusive Conversations. Archives of Psychiatric Nursing, 13(5), 234-239.

 

Bouton, L. F. (Ed.). (1996). Pragmatics and language learning. Urbana, Ill.: Division of English as an International Language (and) Intensive English Institute, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

 

Bowers, C. A. (1993). Critical essays on education, modernity, and the recovery of the ecological imperative. New York, NY: Teachers College Press.

 

Bowers, V., & Swanson, D. (1989). More than meets the eye: Student book. Vancouver: Pacific Educational Press Faculty of Education, The University of British Columbia.

 

Bowie, T. R. (1966). East-West in art: Patterns of cultural & aesthetic relationships. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

 

Bowser, B. P., Jones, T., & Auletta, G. S. (Eds.). (1995). Toward the multicultural university. New York, NY: Praeger.

 

Box, L. (1993). Culture and communication: The forgotten dimension in development cooperation. Amsterdam: Royal Tropical Institute, Training & Communication, Development & Management Dept..

 

Boyer, P. (1990). Tradition as truth and communication: A cognitive description of traditional discourse. Cambridge (England New York: Cambridge University Press.

 

Brady, J. (1995). Schooling young children. A feminist pedagogy for liberatory learning. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Brady, J., & NetLibrary, I. (1995). Schooling young children a feminist pedagogy for liberatory learning. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Braga, A, M., & Silva, A. J. (1997). Base de dados: entreculturas VII: Ensinos Básico e Secundário: Caracterização do estado de ensino no ano 95-96. Lisboa: Secretariado Coordenador dos Programas de Educação Multicultural.

 

Brameld, T. B. H. (1946). Minority problems in the public schools a study of administrative policies and practices in seven school systems. New York: Harper.

 

Bramen, C. T. (2000). The uses of variety: Modern Americanism and the quest for national distinctiveness. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

 

Brandt, G. L. (1986). The realization of anti-racist teaching. London: Falmer Press.

 

Branson, J., Miller, D., Marsaja, I. G., & Negara, I. W. (1996). Everyone Here Speaks Sign Language, Too: A Deaf Village in Bali, Indonesia. In Lucas, Ceil (Ed.), Multicultural Aspects of Sociolinguistics in Deaf Communities. (pp. 39-57). Washington, DC: Gallaudet University Press.

 

Braun, D., & Pearson, J. (1981). Priorities for development a teacher´s handbook for development education. Birmingham: Development Education Centre.

 

Braxton, B. (1995). Math around the world teacher´s guide. Berkeley, CA: Great Explorations in Math and Science, Lawrence Hall of Science, University of California at Berkeley.

 

Breckenridge, J. F., & Breckenridge, L. C. (1995). What color is your God?. Multicultural education in the Church. Victor Books.

 

Bredella, L., & Christ, H. (1996). Begegnungen mit dem Fremden. Giessen: Verlag der Ferber´schen Universitätsbuchhandlung.

 

Breitenbach, D. (1979). Kommunikationsbarrieren in der internationalen Jugendarbeit ein Forschungsprojekt im Auftrage des Bundesministeriums für Jugend, Familie und Gesundheit. Saarbrücken Fort Lauderdale: Breitenbach.

 

Brembeck, C. S. (1966). Social foundations of education a cross-cultural approach. New York: Wiley.

 

Brembeck, C. S. (1970). Social foundations of education enviro(n)mental influences in teaching and learning. New York: Wiley.

 

Brembeck, C. S., & Hill, W. H. (1973). Cultural challenges to education the influence of cultural factors in school learning.  Cole S. Brembeck (und) Walker H. Hill, editors. Lexington, Mass.: Lexington Books.

 

Brembeck, C. S., & Hill, W. H. (1973). Cultural challenges to education: The influence of cultural factors in school learning.  Cole S. Brembeck (und) Walker H. Hill, editors. Lexington, Mass.: Lexington Books.

 

Bres, J., Détrie, C., & Siblot, P. (1996). Figures de l´interculturalité. Montpellier: Praxiling, Université Paul Valéry--Montpellier III.

 

Bresnahan, M. I. (1991). Finding our feet understanding crosscultural discourse. Lanham: University Press of America.

 

Bresnahan, M. I. (1991). Finding our feet: Understanding crosscultural discourse. Lanham, Md.: University Press of America.

 

Brettschneider, M. (Ed.). (1996). The Narrow bridge. Jewish views on multiculturalism. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.

 

Breuvart, J. M., & Danvers, F. (1998). Migrations, interculturalité et démocratie. Villeneuve-d´Ascq Nord: Presses universitaires du Septentrion.

 

Brick, J. (1991). China: A handbook in intercultural communication. Sydney, NSW (Australia: National Centre for English Language Teaching and Research, Macquarie University.

 

Briggs, A. (1954). Workers´ education for international understanding a study sponsored by the International Federation of Workers´ Educational Associations. Paris: Education Clearing House.

 

Briks, H. (Ed.). (1993). Knowledge across cultures universities east and west. Toronto: Hubei Education Press OISE Press.

 

Brislin, R., & Yoshida, T. (1994). Intercultural communication training: An introduction. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

 

Brislin, R., & Yoshida, T. (Eds.). (1994). Improving intercultural interaction: Modules for cross-cultural training programs. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

 

Brislin, R. W. (1977). Culture learning: Concepts, applications, and research. Honolulu, Hawaii: Published for the East-West Center by the University Press of Hawaii.

 

Brislin, R. W. (Ed.). (1977). Culture learning concepts, applications, and research. Honolulu, Hawaii: Published for the East-West Center by the University Press of Hawaii.

 

Brislin, R. W. (Ed.). (1983). Handbook of intercultural training. New York: Pergamon Press.

 

Brislin, R. W. (Ed.). (1994). Improving intercultural interactions modules for cross-cultural training programs. Thousand Oaks, Calif.: Sage Publications.

 

Brislin, R. W., Pedersen, P., & Weeks, W. H. (1980). A manual of structured experiences for cross-cultural learning. Yarmouth, Me.: International Society for Intercultural Education, Training and Research Intercultural Press.

 

Brislin, R. W., Pedersen, P., Weeks, W. H., & International Society for Intercultural Education, T. R. (1979). A Manual of structured experiences for cross-cultural learning. Yarmouth, ME: Intercultural Press.

 

Brislin, R. W., & Yoshida, T. (1994). Intercultural communication training: An introduction. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications.

 

Brislin, R. W., & Yoshida, T. (Eds.). (1994). Improving intercultural interactions: Modules for cross-cultural training programs. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications.

 

British Columbia. (1991). Cross-cultural business communications: Teacher resource module for Business Management 12. Victoria, B.C.: Province of British Columbia Ministry of Education.

 

British Columbia. (1994). Multicultural and anti-racism education initiatives in schools and school districts. Victoria, B.C.: Province of British Columbia, Ministry of Education.

 

British Columbia. (1994). School district multiculturalism policies. Victoria: Province of British Columbia, Ministry of Education.

 

Brodey, K., & Brodey, J. (1984). Can you hear my voice. Toronto, Ont.: Kim and Jerry Brodey Productions.

 

Brogan, T. V. F. (Ed.). (1996). The Princeton handbook of multicultural poetries. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

 

Broome, B. J. (1991). Building Shared Meaning: Implications of a Relational Approach to Empathy for Teaching Intercultural Communication. Communication Education, 40(3), 235-249.

 

Brown, C., Barnfield, J., & Stone, M. (1991). Spanner in the works: Education for racial equality and social justice in white schools. Stoke on Trent: Trentham Books.

 

Brown, C., Barnfield, J., & Stone, M. (1995). Spanner in the works: education for racial equality and social justice in white schools. London: Trentham Books.

 

Brown, J. H., D´Emidio-Caston, M., & Benard, B. (2001). Resilience education. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press.

 

Brown, S. (1945). They see for themselves: A documentary approach to intercultural education in the high school. New York: Harper.

 

Brown, T. J. (1996). Toward a rebirth of common sense in education. Interventions to use with culturally diverse populations. American Literary Press.

 

Bruce, M. (1986). Other countries, other schools. Richmond Hill, Ont.: Scholastic-TAB.

 

Buchignani, N., & Engel, J. (1983). Cultures in Canada strength in diversity /by Norm Buchignani and Joan Engel. --. --. Regina: Weigl Educational Publishers, 1983..

 

Buisseret, D., & Reinhardt, S. G. (Eds.). (2000). Creolization in the Americas. College Station: Texas A&M University.

 

Bull, B. L., Chattergy, V., & Fruehling, R. T. (1992). The ethics of multicultural and bilingual education. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Bull, B. L., Fruehling, R. T., & Chattergy, V. (1992). The ethics of multicultural and bilingual education. New York, NY: Teachers College Press.

 

Bullard, S. (1992). Sorting Through the Multicultural Rhetoric. Educational Leadership, 49(4), 4-7.

 

Bullard, S. (1997). Starting small teaching tolerance in preschool and the early grades. Montgomery, Ala.: The Project.

 

Bullivant, B. M. (1981). The pluralist dilemma in education six case studies. Sydney, (Australia): G. Allen & Unwin.

 

Bullivant, B. M. (1983). The pluralist dilemma in education. Six case studies. London: Allen & Unwin.

 

Burbano Paredes, J. B. (1994). Docencia bilingüe intercultural una especialización para nuestro días : Una reflexión desde la ”tecnología de la educación”. Quito, Ecuador: Ediciones Abya-Yala.

 

Bureau, R., & De Saivre, D. (1988). Apprentissage et cultures: Les manières d´apprendre : actes du colloque de Cerisy, 1986. Paris: Karthala.

 

Bureau, R., & Saivre, D. (1988). Apprentissage et cultures: les manières d´apprendre. Paris: Karthala.

 

Burke, B. (1995). Celebrate our similarities primary. Huntington Beach, CA: Teacher Created Materials.

 

Burke, R. K. (Ed.). (1992). American public discourse. A multicultural perspective. Lanham, MD: University Press of America.

 

Burman, L. H. (1988). Anti-racist policy development in Manchester School Psychological and Child Guidance Service (SPCGS). Educational and Child Psychology, 5(2), 38-43.

 

Burnham, M. (1997). Captivity and sentiment: Cultural exchange in American literature, 1682-1861. Hanover, NH: University Press of New England.

 

Burnham, P. (1996). The politics of cultural difference in northern Cameroon. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press for the International African Institute.

 

Burns, A. (Ed.). (2001). Analysing English in a global context a reader. London New York: Routledge, in association with Macquarie University and The Open University.

 

 

Burtonwood, N. (1986). The culture concept in educational studies. Windsor, Berkshire, England Philadelphia, PA: NFER-NELSON.

 

Butler, A. (1983). New year for children. A multicultural source book. Hodja Educ. Resources Co operative.

 

Butt, R. (Ed.). (1988). Decoding discrimination a student-based approach to anti-racist education using film. London, Ont.: Althouse Press.

 

Butt, R., & Simon, R. I. (1988). Decoding discrimination: A student-based approach to anti-racist education using film. London, Ont.: Althouse Press.

 

Buttjes, D. (Ed.). (1991). Mediating languages and cultures towards an intercultural theory of foreign language education. Clevedon, Avon, England Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters.

 

Buttjes, D., & Byram, M. (Eds.). (1991). Mediating languages and cultures. Towards an intercultural theory of foreign language education. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

 

Button, J. (Ed.). (1989). The Primary school in a changing world (a handbook for teachers). (London): Centre for World Development Education, with the financial assistance of the Commission of the European Community.

 

Byram, M. (1986). Minority education and ethnic survival: Case study of a German school in Denmark. Clevedon, Avon, England: Multilingual Matters Ltd..

 

Byram, M. (1997). Teaching and assessing intercultural communicative competence. Clevedon (England) Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters.

 

Byram, M. (Ed.). (1990). Bicultural and trilingual education the Foyer Model in Brussels. Clevedon (England) Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters Ltd..

 

Byram, M. (Ed.). (1998). Language learning in intercultural perspective approaches through drama and ethnography. Cambridge, England New York: Cambridge University Press.

 

Byram, M. (Ed.). (2001). Developing intercultural competence in practice. Clevedon, England Buffalo, NY: Multilingual Matters.

 

Byram, M., & Leman, J. (Eds.). (1990). Bicultural and trilingual education. The Foyer Model in Brussels. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

 

Byram, M., & Tenberg, R. (1999). Intercultural perspectives : Images of Germany in education and the media / edited by Reinhard Tenberg ; contributors: Michael Byram .. (et al.). München: Iudicium.

 

Byriam, M. (1992). Culture et éducation en langue étrangère. Paris: Didier.

 

Byriam, M., & Fleming, M. (1998). Language learning in intercultural perspective: approaches through drama and ethnography. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

 

Byrnes, D. A., & Kiger, G. (1992). Common bonds anti-bias teaching in a diverse society. Wheaton, MD: Association for Childhood Education International.

 

Byrnes, D. A., & Kiger, G. (Eds.). (1992). Common bonds. Anti-bias teaching in a diverse society. Association for Childhood Educ. Int.

 

Cahan, S. (Ed.). (1996). Contemporary art and multicultural education. New York: New Museum of Contemporary Art Routledge.

 

Cairns, A. C., & Williams, C. (1986). The politics of gender, ethnicity, and language in Canada. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

 

Calasso, M. G., Brass, E., Centro europeo dell´educazione. I. A. R. I. (1986). La Pedagogia degli scambi interculturali atti del convegno organizzato dal CEDE e da Intercultura, Frascati, 31 ottobre-3 novembre 1985. Frascati: CEDE, Centro europeo dell´educazione.

 

Calderon, J. (1995). Multi-Ethnic Coalition Building in a Diverse School District. Critical Sociology, 21(1), 101-112.

 

California. (1986). Beyond language social and cultural factors in schooling language minority students. Los Angeles, Calif.: Evaluation, Dissemination, and Assessment Center, California State University.

 

California. (Ed.). (1986). Beyond language: Social and cultural factors in schooling language minority students. Los Angeles, Calif.: Evaluation, Dissemination, and Assessment Center, California State University.

 

Calvi, L., & Geerts, W. (1998). CALL, culture, and the language curriculum. London New York: Springer.

 

Camacho S., T. (1996). Comunicación y educación intercultural en Atipiris (ciudad de El Alto). La Paz, Bolivia: hisbol.

 

Camblong, A. (1985). Iniciación del diálogo escolar en un espacio de culturas en contacto. Posadas: Instituto de Investigación, Facultad de Humanidades y Ciencias Sociales, Universidad Nacional de Misiones.

 

Camilletti, E., & Castelnuovo, A. (1994). L´identità multicolore i codici di comunicazione interculturale nella scuola dell´infanzia. Milano, Italy: FrancoAngeli.

 

Campbell, D. E. (1996). Choosing democracy. A practical guide to multicultural education. Indianapolis, IN: Bobbsÿ2DMerrill.

 

Campbell, D. E., & Delgado-Campbell, D. (2000). Choosing democracy a practical guide to multicultural education. Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Merrill.

 

Campos, L. M., & Corporación Educativa MACAC (Quito, E. (1989). Autoeducación indígena una alternativa. Quito: Corporación Educativa MACAC Editorial Abya-Yala.

 

Canada P. R. (1990). Speaking in tongues: Heritage language maintenance and transfer in Canada. Ottawa: Multiculturalism and Citizenship Canada.

 

Canada P. R., & Kralt, J. (1991). Ethnicity, immigration & language transfer. Ottawa: Multiculturalism and Citizenship Canada.

 

Canada-United States Committee on Education. (1945). Education for mutual understanding and friendship between Canada and the United States. (S.l.): The Committee.

 

Canada. (1965). A preliminary report of the Royal Commission on Bilingualism and Biculturalism Rapport préliminaire de la Commission royale d´enquête sur le bilinguisme et le biculturalisme. --. Ottawa: Queen´s Printer.

 

Canada. (1983). Programs in support of the multicultural education activities of Multiculturalism Canada, Department of the Secretary of State. --. Ottawa: Multiculturalism Canada, Dept. of the Secretary of State.

 

Canada. (1984). Multiculturalism and education report of the intervisitation program for trustees and administrators, 1984. (Toronto): Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

 

Canada. (1984). Multiculturalism in education projects supported by the Multiculturalism Sector of the Department of the Secretary of State of Canada, 1977-1984 = Activités dans le domaine de l´éducation multiculturelle subventionées par le Secteur du multiculturalism. (Ottawa): Department of the Secretary of State of Canada, Multiculturalism.

 

Canada. (1984). Programmes d´éducation interculturelle/multiculturelle. Ottawa: Multiculturalisme Canada, Département du Secrétariat d´État.

 

Canada. (1985). Cross-cultural awareness education and training for professionals a manual. (Ottawa): Multiculturalism Canada.

 

Canada. (1985). Multiculturalism Canada report of the intervisitation program for trustees and administrators, 1985 = Multiculturalisme Canada. (Toronto): Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

 

Canada. (1985). Multiculturalizing a series of resource guides for educators. (Ottawa?): Multiculturalism Canada.

 

Canada. (1986). Multiculturalism Canada report of the provincial intervisitation program for trustees and administrators, 1986 = Multiculturalisme Canada. (Toronto): Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

 

Canada. (1987). Multiculturalism in education projects, 1984-1987 = Activités dans le domaine de l´éducation, 1984-1987. --. Ottawa: Multiculturalism Sector, Dept. of the Secretary of State of Canada.

 

Canada. (1990). Working together towards equality an overview of race relations initiatives. --. (Ottawa): Multiculturalism and Citizenship Canada.

 

Canada. (1990). Working together towards equality: An overview of race relations initiatives. --. Ottawa: Multiculturalism and Citizenship Canada.

 

Canada. (1991). Participation et appui communautaire. guide du demandeur. (Ottawa): La Direction.

 

Canada. (1991). Programme des cultures et des langues ancestrales. guide du demandeur. (Ottawa): La Direction.

 

Canada. (1992). Winning ideas to stop racism. Ottawa: Multiculturalism and Citizenship Canada.

 

Canadian Association of Immersion Teachers. (1995). L´immersion et l´interculturalisme ouverture à la francophonie et aux autres cultures. (Nepean, Ont.: Association canadienne des professeurs d´immersion.

 

Canadian Council for Multicultural and Intercultural Education. (1985). Developing partnerships report on the Second National Conference on Multicultural and Intercultural Education of the Canadian Council for Multicultural and Intercultural Education. (Toronto?): The Council.

 

Canadian Education Association. (1984). Multiculturalism, racism and the school system addresses given at a CEA Seminar, April 1984, Toronto, Ontario. Toronto: Canadian Education Association.

 

Canadian International Development Agency. (1988). A Developing world. --. Hull, Quebec (Ottawa): Public Affairs Branch, Canadian International Development Agency in collaboration with the Faculty of Education of the University of Ottawa.

 

Canadian International Development Agency. (1988). A Developing world teacher´s guide. --. Hull: Public Affairs Branch, Canadian International Development Agency.

 

Canadian Teachers´ Federation. (1972). Intercultural education Indians and Eskimos of North America. --. Ottawa: (s.n.).

 

Canelas, C. (1997). No Arquipélago das Maravilhas.. Lisboa: Secretariado Coordenador dos Programas de Educaçao Multicultural.

 

Canen, A., & Grant, N. (1999). Intercultural Perspective and Knowledge for Equity in the Mercosul Countries: Limits and Potentials in Educational-Policies. Comparative Education, 35(3), 319-330.

 

Carbonell i Paris, F. (1997). Immigrants estrangers a l´escola desigualtat social i diversitat cultural en l´educació. Barcelona: Fundació Serveis de Cultura Popular Editorial Alta Fulla.

 

Cardo, L. M. (1994). Development of an instrument measuring valence of ethnicity and perception of discrimination. Journal of Multicultural Counseling and Development, 22(1), 49-59.

 

Cardoso, C. M. (1996). Educação Multicultural. Percursos para Práticas Reflexivas. Lisboa: Texto Editora.

 

Cardoso, C. (1998). Gestão intercultural do currículo: 1§ ciclo. Lisboa: Secretariado Coordenador dos Programas de Educação Intercultural.

 

Carelli, M. (1993). Cultures croisées. Paris: Nathan.

 

Carey-Webb, A. (Ed.). (1996). Teaching and testimony Rigoberta Menchú and the North American classroom. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Cargill, C. (Ed.). (1987). A TESOL professional anthology culture. Lincolnwood, Ill., U.S.A.: Voluntad Publishers.

 

CARITAS Italiana (2002). Rapporto sull´emigrazione in Italia. Roma: Caritas Italiana.

 

Carlisle, E. (1967). Cultures in collision: U.S. corporate policy and Canadian subsidiaries. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan.

 

Carlson, D. (1997). Making progress: Education and culture in new times. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Carrington, B., & Short, G. (1989). Policy or Presentation? the Psychology of Anti-Racist Education. New Community, 15(2), 227-240.

 

Carrington, B., & Short, G. (1989). ”Race” and the primary school: Theory into practice. Windsor, Berkshire, England: NFER-Nelson.

 

Carroll, R. (1988). Cultural misunderstandings: The French-American experience. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

 

Carson, D., & Friedman, L. D. (Eds.). (1995). Shared differences: Multicultural media and practical pedagogy. Urbana: University of Illinois Press.

 

Cartledge, G., & Milburn, J. A. F. (1996). Cultural diversity and social skills instruction: Understanding ethnic and gender differences. Champaign, Ill.: Research Press.

 

Casanave, C. P. (2002). Writing games multicultural case studies of academic literacy practices in higher education. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

 

Casement, W. (1996). The great canon controversy the battle of the books in higher education. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction.

 

Casmir, F. L. (1978). Intercultural and international communication. Washington, D.C.: University Press of America.

 

Caspi, M., & Weltsch, J. D. (1998). From slumber to awakening: Culture and identity of Arab Israeli literati. Lanham: University Press of America.

 

Cassara, B. B. (Ed.). (1990). Adult education in a multicultural society. London New York: Routledge.

 

Casse, P. (1980). Training for the cross-cultural mind a handbook for cross-cultural trainers and consultants. Washington, D.C.: Society for Intercultural Education, Training, and Research.

 

Casse, P. (1982). Training for the multicultural manager. A practical and cross-cultural approach to the management of people. Society for Intercultural Educ.

 

Castella i Castella, E., Jordán, J. A., & Pinto i Isern, C. (1998). Multiculturalisme i educació. Barcelona: Edicions de la Universitat Oberta de Catalunya Proa.

 

Castellanos, D., & Leggio-Castellanos, P. (1985). The best of two worlds bilingual-bicultural education in the U.S. Trenton, NJ: New Jersey State Dept. of Education.

 

Castenell, L. A. (Ed.). (1993). Understanding curriculum as racial text representations of identity and difference in education. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Castenell, L. A., & Pinar, W. (Eds.). (1993). Understanding curriculum as racial text. Representations of identity and difference in education. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Cech, M. (1991). Globalchild multicultural resources for young children. Menlo Park, CA Don Mills, ON: Addison-Wesley Publishing Co..

 

Cech, M. (1996). GlobalSense. A leader´s guide to games for change. Innovative Learning Publishers.

 

Celo, P. (1996). Linguistic and Pragmatic Aspects of the Interrogative Form in Italian Sign Language. In Lucas, Ceil (Ed.), Multicultural Aspects of Sociolinguistics in Deaf Communities. (pp. 132-151). Washington, DC: Gallaudet University Press.

 

Centre culturel algérien (Paris, F. (1988). Les Algériens et l´enseignement de l´Arabe en France actes des journées d´études sur ”L´Enseignement de la langue et de la culture d´origine”, Paris, les 21-22 avril 1987. --. Paris: Centre culturel algérien.

 

Centre d´études des relations interculturelles (France). (1994). Les Médiateurs interculturels dans le monde anglophone. Paris: Presses de l´Université de Paris-Sorbonne.

 

Centre d´études des relations interculturelles (France). (1995). Elites et médiations dans le monde interculturel. Paris: Presses de l´Université de Paris-Sorbonne.

 

Centre for Educational Research and Innovation. (1987). L´Éducation multiculturelle. Paris: Organisation de coopération et de développement économiques.

 

Centre for Educational Research and Innovation. (1987). Multicultural education. Paris, France: OECD.

 

Centre for Educational Research and Innovation. (1989). One school, many cultures. --. Paris: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.

 

César, M. (1998). Social interactions and mathematics learning. Mathematics, Education and Society - Proceedings of the MEAS 1 (pp. 110-119). Nottingham: Nottingham University.

 

César, M. (2000). Peer interaction: A way to integrate cultural diversity in mathematics education. In A. Ahmed, J. M. Kraemer & H. Williams (Eds.), Cultural Diversity in Mathematics (Education): CIEAEM 51. (pp. 147-155). Chichester: Horwood Publishing.

 

César, M. (2000). Interacções sociais e apreensão de conhecimentos matemáticos: A investigação contextualizada. In J. P. Ponte & L. Serrazina (Eds.), Educação e Matemática em Portugal, Espanha e Itália Actas da Escola de Verão em Educação em Matemática 1999 (pp. 5-46). Lisboa: SPCE/SEM.

 

César, M. (2000c). Interagir para aprender: a escola inclusiva e as práticas pedagógicas em Matemática. Actas do ProfMat2000 (pp. 145-158). Funchal: APM.

 

César, M., Oliveras, M.L., & Favilli, F. (in press). Are different all the same? Teachers´ discourses about multicultural classes. In A challenge for mathematics education: to reconcile commonalities with differences: Proceedings of CIEAM54. Vilanova i la Geltrú, Spain.

 

Ch oe, K. (1992). Kukchein ui kyoyang yejol chiguch on sidaerul sara kanun. Soul: Miral.

 

Ch´maj, B. E. M. (Ed.). (1993). Multicultural America. A resource book for teachers of humanities and American studies: syllabi, essays, projects, bibliography. Lanham: MD: University Press of America.

 

Chalmers, F. G. (1996). Celebrating pluralism art, education, and cultural diversity. Los Angeles, Calif.: Getty Center for Education in the Arts.

 

Chalmers, G. (Ed.). (1997). Touching the world in our classrooms a teacher´s introductory handbook for ensuring equity in the classroom. Toronto, ON: The Cultural and Community Awareness Group, OISE/UT.

 

Chan, B. J. (1993). Kid pix around the world. A multicultural computer activity book. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

 

Chan, J. B. L., Doran, S. A., & Devery, C. (1999). Learning the craft of policing police training, occupational culture & professional practice : Final report to the New South Wales Police Service and the Australian Research Council. (New South Wales: s.n..

 

Chang, E. T., & Leong, R. (Eds.). (1994). Los Angeles-- struggles toward multiethnic community: Asian American, African American & Latino perspectives. Seattle: University of Washington Press. .

 

Chapman, M. L. (Ed.). (1995). Thinking globally about language education. Vancouver: Research and Development in Global Studies, Centre for the Study of Curriculum and Instruction, University of British Columbia.

 

Charnet, C. (1995). S´approprier la langue de l´autre. Montpellier: Praxiling, Université Paul Valéry.

 

Charpak, G. (1996). La main à la pâte. Paris: Flammarion.

 

Charteris-Black, J. (1995). Proverbs in Communication. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 16(4), 259-268.

 

Chase, J., & Parth, L. (1979). Multicultural spoken here discovering America´s people through language arts and library skills. Santa Monica, Calif.: Goodyear Co..

 

Chávez, R. C. (Ed.). (1998). Speaking the unpleasant the politics of (non)engagement in the multicultural education terrain. Albany (NY): State University of New York Press.

 

Chávez, R. C., & O´Donnell, J. (Eds.). (1998). Speaking the unpleasant: The politics of (non)engagement in the multicultural education terrain. Albany (NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Checa, F. (Ed.). (1999). Inmigrantes entre nosotros trabajo, cultura y educación intercultural. Barcelona: Icaria.

 

Chen, L. (1996). Cognitive complexity, situational influences, and topic selection in intracultural and intercultural dyadic interactions. Communication Reports, 9(1), 1-12.

.

 

Cheng, L., Battle, D., Murdoch, B., & Martin, D. (2001). Educating Speech-Language Pathologists for a Multicultural World. Folia Phoniatrica et Logopaedica, 53(3), 121-127.

 

Cheng, L. R. L. (Ed.). (1998). Struggling to be heard the unmet needs of Asian Pacific American children. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Cheng, L. R. L., & Pang, V. O. (Eds.). (1998). Struggling to be heard: The unmet needs of Asian Pacific American children. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Cheng, M. (1996). Anti-Racist Education Project a summary report on the extent of implementation and changes found in Wards 11/12 schools : 1991-92 t0 1994-95. (Toronto, Ont.): Research and Assessment Dept., Toronto Board of Education.

 

Cheng, M., & Soudack, A. (1994). Anti-racist education a literature review. (Toronto, Ont.): Research Services, Toronto Board of Education.

 

Cheng, M., & Soudack, A. (1994). Anti-racist education: A literature review. Toronto, Ont.: Research Services, Toronto Board of Education.

 

Chiasson, N., Proulx, J., & Charbonneau, C. (1993). Intercultural Relationships During Play in the Elementary-School: A Study in Quebec Outside Montreal. International Journal of Psychology, 28(6), 775-788.

 

Chick, J. K. (1996). Intercultural Communication. In McKay, Sandra Lee, & Hornberger, Nancy H. (Eds.), Sociolinguistics and Language Teaching. (pp. 329-348). New York, NY: Cambridge University Press.

 

Children´s International Centre. (1981). Our Canadian family Notre famille canadienne. --. Hamilton, Ont.: Children´s International Centre.

 

Children´s International Centre. (1981). Our Canadian family: Notre famille canadienne. --. Hamilton, Ont.: Children´s International Centre.

 

Chiodi, F., & Citarella, L. (1990). La Educación indígena en América Latina México, Guatemala,  Ecuador, Perú, Bolivia. Quito, Ecuador Santiago, Chile: P. EBI (MEC-GTZ) ABYA-YALA UNESCO/OREALC.

 

Chipman, M., & Cruz-Janzen, M. (Eds.). (1994). Educating young children in a diverse society. Boston, MA Toronto: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Chisholm, G. B. (1958). Can people learn to learn? how to know each. New York: Harper & Brothers.

 

Chistolini, S. (1994). L´antirazzismo in Italia e Gran Bretagna uno studio di educazione comparata. Milano, Italy: FrancoAngeli.

 

Chiu, M. L. (1995). The Influence of Anticipatory Fear on Foreign-Student Adjustment: An Exploratory-Study. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 19(1), 1-44.

 

Chng, C. L., & Geligavargas, J. (2000). Ethnic-Identity, Gay Identity, Sexual Sensation Seeking and HIV Risk-Taking Among Multiethnic Men Who Have Sex with Men. Aids Education and Prevention, 12(4), 326-339.

 

Cho, I. (1998). Han guk kwa segye rul innun munhwa sot ong Yongo munhwa sot ong nungnyok hyangsang pangan kwa munhwa chongbo. Soul-si: Han guk Munhwasa.

 

Chocolate, D. M. N. (1995). Kwanzaa celebration box. Carson, CA: Lakeshore Learning Materials.

 

Christensen, K. M., & Delgado, G. L. (Eds.). (1993). Multicultural issues in deafness. London: Longman.

 

Chuquimamani V., N. R., & Godenzzi, J. C. (1996). Educación e interculturalidad en los Andes y la Amazonía. Cusco, Perú: Centro de Estudios Regionales Andinos ”Bartolomé de Las Casas”.

 

Church, K. (2001). The communal ´we´? a conversation piece on the richness of being a network. (Ontario?): NALL Steering Committee.

 

Christensen, K. M., & Delgado, G. L. (Eds.). (1993). Multicultural issues in deafness. London: Longman.

 

Clanet, C. (1985). L´Interculturel en éducation et en sciences humaines: Colloque national, Toulouse, juin 1985 : (communications. Toulouse: Université de Toulouse-Le Mirail, Service des publications.

 

Clanet, C. (1990). L´Interculturel introduction aux approches interculturelles en éducation et en sciences humaines. Toulouse: Presses universitaires du Mirail.

 

Clanet, C. (1990). L´Interculturel: Introduction aux approches interculturelles en éducation et en sciences humaines. Toulouse: Presses universitaires du Mirail.

 

Clark, C., & Medina, C. (2000). How Reading and Writing Literacy Narratives Affect Preservice Teachers Understandings of Literacy, Pedagogy, and Multiculturalism. Journal of Teacher Education, 51(1), 63-76.

 

Clark, L. W. (Ed.). (1993). Faculty and student challenges in facing cultural and linguistic diversity. Springfield, Ill., U.S.A.: Charles C. Thomas.

 

Clarke, P., & Sheraly, N. (1983). A cross-cultural communicator for teachers of South Asian students. Vancouver, B.C.: Public Issues in Canada Project, Faculty of Education, University of British Columbia.

 

Cleary, L. M., & Peacock, T. D. (1998). Collected wisdom American Indian education. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Clegg, L. B., Miller, E., & Vanderhoof, W. H. (1995). Celebrating diversity. A multicultural resource. Delmar Pubs.

 

Cleveland, H., Adams, J. C., & Mangone, G. J. (1960). The overseas Americans. New York: McGraw-Hill.

 

Clifford, J. (1997). Routes: Travel and translation in the late twentieth century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.

 

Clyne, M. G. (1983). Bilingual Education as a Model for Community Languages in Primary Schools. Journal of Intercultural Studies 4, 2, 12-22.

 

Clyne, M. G. (1994). Inter-cultural communication at work. Cultural values in discourse. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

 

Cochran, J. (1993). Using literature to learn about children around the world. A thematic approach to cultural awareness. Incentive Publishers.

 

Cocking, L., Craig, D., & Mahon, S. (1981). Education in a multiethnic society an aide-memoire for the inspectorate. London: Published for the Inner London Education Authority by ILEA Learning Resources Branch.

 

Coelho, E. (1994). Learning together in the multicultural classroom. Pippin Pub.

 

Coelho, E. (1998). Teaching and learning in multicultural schools an integrated approach. Clevedon, England Philadelphia, PA: Multilingual Matters.

 

Coelho, E., Costiniuk, B., & Newton, C. (1995). Antiracism education : Getting started: a practical guide for educators. Toronto: Ontario Secondary School Teachers´ Federation, Educational Services Committee.

 

Coelho, E., & NetLibrary, I. (1998). Teaching and learning in multicultural schools an integrated approach. Clevedon, (England) Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters.

 

Coffey, M. P., & Grace, S. (1997). Intercultural advising in English-language programs. Washington, DC: NAFSA.

 

Cohen, L., & Manion, L. (1983). Multicultural classrooms. Perspectives for teachers. London: Croom Helm.

 

Cohen, M. C., & Richardson, S. L. (1998). Multicultural activities for the speech communication classroom. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

 

Cohen, P. (Ed.). (1995). For a multicultural university. Dagenham, Essex: New Ethnicities Unit, University of East London.

 

Cohen, P., & Haddock, L. (1994). Anansi meets spiderwoman. Curriculum resources for tackling common-sense racism in pupil cultures. British Film Inst.

 

Colalillo, G. (1992). Ontario´s ethnocultural groups viewing habits, learning styles, and educational needs. (Toronto, Ont.): TVOntario.

 

Colangelo, N. (Ed.). (1979). Multicultural nonsexist education a human relations approach. Dubuque, Iowa: Kendall/Hunt Co..

 

Colangelo, N. (Ed.). (1985). Multicultural nonsexist education a human relations approach. Dubuque, Iowa: Kendall/Hunt Co..

 

Colangelo, N., Dustin, E. R., & Foxley, C. H. (1982). The human relations experience. Exercises in multicultural, nonsexist education. Monterey, CA: Brooks/Cole.

 

Colangelo, N., Dustin, E. R., & Foxley, C. H. (Eds.). (1985). Multicultural nonsexist education. A human relations approach. Dubuque, IA: Kendall & Hunt.

 

Cole, M. (1986). Teaching and learning about racism: A critique of multicultural education in Britain. In: S. Modgil, G. K. Verma, K. Mallick, & C. Modgil (Eds. ), Multicultural education. pp. 123-148. London.

 

Cole, M., Gay, J., & Sharp, D. W. (1971). The cultural context of learning and thinking: an exploration in experimental anthropology. New York: Basic Books.

 

Cole, R. W. J. (Ed.). (1995). Educating everybody´s children. Diverse teaching strategies for diverse learners: what research and practice say about improving achievement. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.

 

Colin, L., & Müller, B. (1996). La pédagogie des rencontres interculturelles. Paris: Anthropos Diffusion, Economica.

 

Collectif de recherches interculturelles. B. A., & Lavoie-Gauthier, L. (1987). Les agents de liaison de Montréal, Toronto et Vancouver étude de leurs caractéristiques, de leurs conditions de travail, de leurs rôles et de l´impact de leurs interventions. Sherbrooke, Québec: Éditions du CRP.

 

Comissão Comunidades Europeias. (1994). A escolarização das crianças ciganas e viajantes: relatório síntese. Lisboa: Ministério da Educação, Departamento de Programação e Gestão Financeira.

 

Committee for Intercultural Interracial Education in Professional Schools. (1994). Educating professionals for diversity a report for the Department of Canadian Heritage. (Toronto?): CIIEPS.

 

Committee of the Regions. (1999). Intercultural education in the European Union local, regional, and interregional activities : Examples of good practice. Brussels Luxembourg Lanham, Md.: European Union, Committee of the Regions Office for Official Publications of the European Communities Bernan Associates (distributor).

 

Comparative Education Society in Europe. M. W., & Swift, J. (1985). Education and the diversity of cultures the contribution of comparative education = L´éducation et la diversité des cultures : La contribution de l´éducation comparée = Erziehung und die Vielfalt der Kulturen : der Beitrag der vergleichenden Erziehungs. Köln: Böhlau Verlag.

 

Condon, C., Heman, M. J., McGinnis, J. B., & McGinnis, K. (1984). Global family puppets. St. Louis, MO: Institute for Peace and Justice.

 

Condon, C., & McGinnis, J. B. (1988). Helping kids care. Harmony-building activities for home, church, and school. Institute for Peace and Justice. Meyer Stone Books.

 

Conference on Multiculturalism in Education, T. O., & Dubois, S. (1977). Multiculturalism in education April 20, 21, 22 and 23, 1977, the Sheraton Centre Hotel, Toronto, Ontario; editor: Sheilagh V.C. Dubois. --. Toronto, Ontario: Association for Curriculum Development.

 

Connelly, F. M., & Clandinin, D. J. (1985). A conceptualization of the relationship between teachers´ personal practical knowledge, board and government policies and their expressionin school practices. (Toronto?: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education?.

 

Connelly, F. M., & Clandinin, D. J. (1988). A conceptualization of the relationship between teachers´ personal practical knowledge, board and government policies and their expressionin school practices. Toronto?: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education?.

 

Connor, U. (1989). Linguistic correspondences and intercultural scripts in second language teaching. TESOL Newsletter. English for Foreign Students in English-speaking Countries, 7, 1, 1-4.

 

Connor, U., & Mayberry, S. (1996). Learning Discipline-Specific Academic Writing: A Case Study of a Finnish Graduate Student in the United States. In Ventola, Eija, & Mauranen, Anna (Eds.), Academic Writing: Intercultural and Textual Issues. (pp. 231-253). Amsterdam, The Netherlands: John Benjamins Publishing Co.

 

Constantine, M. G., Chen, E. C., & Ceesay, P. (1997). Intake Concerns of Racial and Ethnic-Minority Students at a University Counseling-Center: Implications for Developmental Programming and Outreach. Journal of Multicultural Counseling and Development, 25(3), 210-218.

 

Constantine, M. G., Ladany, N., Inman, A. G., & Ponterotto, J. G. (1996). Students´ perceptions of multicultural training in counseling psychology programs. Journal of Multicultural Counseling and Development, 24(4), 241-253.

 

Contreras, G. (Ed.). (1980). Racism and sexism responding to the challenge. Washington, DC: National Council for the Social Studies.

 

Contreras, G., & Simms, R. L. (Eds.). (1980). Racism and sexism: Responding to the challenge. Washington, DC: National Council for the Social Studies.

 

Cook, L. (Ed.). (1996). Voices in English classrooms honoring diversity and change. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

 

Cook, L. A. (1969). Toward better human relations. Freeport, N.Y.: Books for Libraries Press.

 

Cook, L. A., & Cook, E. F. (1954). Intergroup education. New York: McGraw-Hill.

 

Cope, B. (1987). Racism, popular culture and Australian identity in transition a case study of change in school textbooks since 1945. Annandale NSW: Common Ground Publishing.

 

Cope, B., & Kalantzis, M. (1987). Speaking of cultural difference: The rise and uncertain future of the language of multiculturalism. Annandale NSW: Common Ground Publishing.

 

Cordeiro, P. A., Reagan, T. G., & Martinez, L. P. (1994). Multiculturalism and TQE. Addressing cultural diversity in schools. Corwin Press.

 

Córdova Robert, W., Díaz D., M. A. Ecuador. (1987). Educación bilingüe intercultural en el Ecuador informe de una investigación sociolingüística en el área quichua (1981-1982). Quito, Ecuador: Ediciones Abya-Yala.

 

Cornbleth, C., & Waugh, D. (1995). The great speckled bird. Multicultural politics and education policymaking. New York: St. Martins Press.

 

Cornelius, C. (1999). Iroquois corn in a culture-based curriculum a framework for respectfully teaching about cultures. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Corner, T. (1984). Education in multicultural societies. London: Croom Helm.

 

Corson, D. (1998). Changing education for diversity. Buckingham (England) Philadelphia: Open University Press.

 

Corson, D., Cumming, A., Cummins, J., & Hart, D. J. (1993). Provisions and demands for ESL, ESD, and ALF programs in Ontario schools. (Toronto): Modern Language Centre, Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

 

Cortés, C. E. (2000). The children are watching how the media teach about diversity. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Corvin, S. A., & Wiggins, F. (1989). An antiracism training model for White professionals. Journal of Multicultural Counseling and Development, 17(3), 105-114.

 

Costa, E. M. L. (1995). Os ciganos: fontes bibliográficas em Portugal. Madrid: Presencia gitana.

 

Costa, E. M. L. (1996). O povo cigano em Portugal: da história à escola, um caleidoscópio de informações. Setúbal: Escola Superior de Educação.

 

Cotrim, A. M. (1995). Educação intercultural: abordagens e perspectivas. Lisboa: Secretariado Coordenador dos Programas de Educação Multicultural.

 

Coulby, D. (2000). Beyond the national curriculum curricular centralism and cultural diversity in Europe and the USA. London New York: Falmer Press.

 

Council of Europe. (1985). Conference of American and European educators on ”Teaching and learning about each other, the USA and western Europe”, Washington D.C., U.S.A., 11-15 November 1984 Conference report. --. Strasbourg: Council of Europe.

 

Council of Europe. C. A. E. E. T. L. A. E. O. U. S. A. W. E. (1985). Conference of American and European educators on ”Teaching and learning about each other, the USA and western Europe”, Washington D.C., U.S.A., 11-15 November 1984 Conference report. --. Strasbourg: Council of Europe.

 

Council of Europe. L. J. P. (1987). Gypsies and travellers socio-cultural data, socio-political data. Strasbourg: Council for Cultural Co-operation.

 

Council of Ministers of Education (Canada). (1991). Second language instruction for immigrants and refugee claimants survey report. (Toronto: Council of Ministers of Education, Canada).

 

Council on Interracial Books for Children. (1983). Childcare shapes the future: Anti-racist strategies. New York: The Council.

 

Courts, P. L. (1997). Multicultural literacies: Dialect, discourse, and diversity. New York: P. Lang.

 

Cox, C., & Boyd-Batstone, P. (1997). Crossroads literature and language in culturally and linguistically diverse classrooms. Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Merrill.

 

Cox, L. (Ed.). (1993). Talking maths, talking languages. Derby: Association of Teachers of Mathematics.

 

Coxhead, P. (Ed.). (1988). Cultural diversity and learning efficiency recent developments in assessment. Basingstoke: Macmillan.

 

Craft, M. (Ed.). (1984). Education and cultural pluralism. London: Falmer Press.

 

Craft, M. (Ed.). (1996). Teacher education in plural societies an international review. London Washington, D.C.: Falmer Press.

 

Crawford, L. W. (1993). Language and literacy learning in multicultural classrooms. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Crichlow, W. (Ed.). (1993). Race, identity, and representation in education. New York: Routledge.

 

Crichlow, W., & McCarthy, C. (Eds.). (1993). Race, identity, and representation in education. New York: Routledge.

 

Crocco, M. (Ed.). (1999). ”Bending the future to their will” civic women, social education, and democracy. Lanham, Md.: Rowman & Littlefield.

 

Croteau, J. M., Morgan, S., Henderson, B., & Nero, C. I. (1992). Race, gender, and sexual orientation in the HIV/AIDS epidemic: Evaluating an intervention for leaders of diverse communities. Special Issue: Gender and relationships. Journal of Multicultural Counseling and Development, 20(4), 168-180.

 

Crozier, M. (Ed.). (1998). Cultural diversity in contemporary Europe proceedings of the Cultural Traditions Group Conference 1997. (Belfast): Institute of Irish Studies, Queen´s University of Belfast.

 

Crystal, D. (1997). English as a global language. Cambridge (England New York: Cambridge University Press.

 

Cumming, A., Mackay, R., & Sakyi, A. (1994). Learning processes in a Canadian exchange program for multicultural, anti-racist education. Canadian Journal of Education, 19(4), 399-417.

 

Cumming, A. H., & Mackay, R. (1993). Final evaluation report : Phase 3 of SEVEC´s Multicultural/Anti-Racist Leadership Exchange Program for the period November 1992 to July 1993. (S.l.: s.n..

 

Cummins, J. (1992). Annotated inventory of heritage language curriculum materials. (Toronto: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education).

 

Cummins, J. (Ed.). (1983). Heritage language education : Issues and directions : proceedings of a conference. (Ottawa): Multiculturalism Canada, c1983..

 

Cummins, J. (Ed.). (1985). Education and cultural and linguistic pluralism country surveys : Canada, for OECD. (Ottawa): Multiculturalism Canada.

 

Cummins, J. (Ed.). (1994). Cultural diversity in schools from rhetoric to practice. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Cummins, J., Feuerverger, G., & Lopes, J. M. (1994). The challenge of diversity adjusting to the cultural and linguistic realities of the mainstream classroom. (Toronto: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

 

Cummins, J., & Sayers, D. (1995). Brave new schools. Challenging cultural illiteracy through global learning networks. New York: St. Martins Press.

 

Cunningham, E. M. (2001). Building connections spiritual dimensions of teaching. New York: P. Lang.

 

Cushner, K. (Ed.). (1998). International perspectives on intercultural education. Mahwah, N.J.: L. Erlbaum Associates.

 

Cushner, K., & Landis, D. (1996). The intercultural sensitizer. In Dan Landis, & Rabi S. Bhagat (Eds.), Handbook of intercultural training (2nd ed.). (pp. 185-202). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

 

Cushner, K., Macclelland, A., & Safford, P. (1992). Human diversity in education. New York: MacGraw-Hill.

 

Cushner, K., McClelland, A., & Safford, P. L. (1992). Human diversity in education. An integrative approach. New York: McGraw Hill.

 

D´Ambrosio, U. (1985). Sociocultural bases for mathematics education. Campinas: UNICAMP.

 

D´Ambrosio, U. (1985). Ethnomathematics and its place in the history and pedagogy of mathematics. For the learning of Mathematics, 5(1), 44-48.

 

D´Ambrosio, U. (1994). Filosofia, educação e comunicação. Brasília: Universidade de Brasília.

 

D´Ambrosio, U. (1996). Educação Matemática: da teoria à prática . Campinas: Papirus

 

 

D´Ambrosio, U. (1997). Transdisciplinaridade. S. Paulo: Palas Athena.

 

D´Ambrosio, U. (1997). A era da consciência. S. Paulo: Fundação Peirópolis.

 

D´Ambrosio, U. (2002). Etnomatematica. Bologna: Pitagora Editrice.

 

D´Oyley, V. (1977). The Impact of multi-ethnicity on Canadian education. Toronto: Urban Alliance on Race Relations.

 

D´Oyley, V. (Ed.). (1990). Innovative multicultural teaching. Toronto: Kagan and Woo.

 

D´Souza, D. (1991). Illiberal education the politics of race and sex on campus. New York Toronto New York: Free Press Collier Macmillan Canada Maxwell Macmillan International.

 

Dahlén, T. (1997). Among the interculturalists: An emergent profession and its packaging of knowledge. Stockholm, Sweden: Dept. of Social Anthropology, Stockholm University Distributed by Almqvist & Wiksell International.

 

Dalley, T. (1990). Images and integration: Art therapy in a multi-cultural school. In Caroline Case, & Tessa Dalley (Eds.), Working with children in art therapy. (pp. 161-198). London: Tavistock/Routledge.

 

Dallmayr, F. R. (1996). Beyond orientalism: Essays on cross-cultural encounter. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Damen, L. (1987). Culture learning. The fifth dimension in the language classroom. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

.

 

Damm, R. J. (2000). Repertoire, authenticity, and instruction the presentation of American Indian music in Oklahoma´s elementary schools. New York: Garland.

 

Daniel, N. (1975). The cultural barrier: Problems in the exchange of ideas. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

 

Daniels, J., & D´Andrea, M. (1995). Assessing the moral development and self-esteem of Hawaiian youth. Journal of Multicultural Counseling and Development, 23(1), 39-47.

 

Dansby, M. R., & Landis, D. (1996). Intercultural training in the military. In Dan Landis, & Rabi S. Bhagat (Eds.), Handbook of intercultural training (2nd ed.). (pp. 203-215). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

 

Darder, A. (1991). Culture and power in the classroom. A critical foundation for bicultural education. Westport, CT: Bergin & Garvey/Greenwood.

 

Darling-Hammond, L., French, J., & Garcia-Lopez, S. P. (2002). Learning to teach for social justice. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Darnell, F. (1972). Education in the North selected papers of the First International Conference on Cross-Cultural Education in the Circumpolar Nations and related articles. (College): University of Alaska.

 

Darnell, F., & HoÉm, A. (1996). Taken to extremes education in the far north. Oslo: Scandinavian University Press.

 

Davey, A. (1983). Learning to be prejudiced growing up in multi-ethnic Britain. London: Edward Arnold.

 

Davidman, L., & Davidman, P. T. (1994). Teaching with a multicultural perspective. A practical guide. London: Longman.

 

Davidman, L., & Davidman, P. T. (1997). Teaching with a multicultural perspective a practical guide. New York Don Mills, ON: Longman.

 

Davidman, L., & Davidman, P. T. (2001). Teaching with a multicultural perspective a practical guide. New York Toronto: Longman.

 

Davidson, A. L. (Ed.). (1993). Renegotiating cultural diversity in American schools. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Davidson, A. L., & Phelan, P. (Eds.). (1993). Renegotiating cultural diversity in American schools. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Davidson, F. H., & Davidson, M. (1994). Changing childhood prejudice. The caring work of the schools. Westport, CT: Bergin & Garvey/Greenwood.

 

Davis, B. (1995). How to involve parents in a multicultural school. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.

 

Davis, F. V., Presseisen, B. Z., & Research for Better Schools, I. (1979). Multicultural education for practitioners. Philadelphia, PA: Research for Better Schools.

 

Davis, R. (1980). Cultural pluralism as a social imperative in education research for change. New York: Vantage Press.

 

Davis, R. (1990). Anti-Racist Organizing, Then and Now. Socialist Review, 20(4), 29-36.

 

Dawtrey, L. (Ed.). (1996). Critical studies and modern art. New Haven: Yale University Press in association with the Open University, Arts Council of England, and the Tate Gallery.

 

Day, F. A. (1994). Multicultural voices in contemporary literature. A resource for teachers. Portsmouth: Heinemann.

 

Day, J. A. E. (1995). Multicultural resources in preschool provision: An observational study. Early Child Development and Care, 110, 47-68.

 

Day, R. J. F. (2000). Multiculturalism and the history of Canadian diversity. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

 

Day, R. R. E., Hatch, E., Flashner, V., Hunt, L., Sato, C. J., Strong, M., Chaudron, C., Pica, T., Long, M. H., Schinke-Llano, L., Cathcart, R., Duff, P. A., Rulon, K. A., McCreary, J., & Porter  (1987). Talking To Learn: Conversation In Second Language Acquisition. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 8(4), 323-343.

 

De Araujo, G. M. L. (1997). O discurso indígena: Subsídios para a comunicação intercultural. Recife, PE: Editora Universitária UFPE.

 

De Cou-Landberg, M. (1994). The global classroom. A thematic multicultural model for the K-6 and ESL classroom. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

 

De Florio-Hansen, I. (1995). Intercultural Communicative Competence through Literature?! An Example for Language Reflection in Beginning French; Interkulturelle Kommunikationsfahigkeit durch Literatur?! Ein Beispiel fur Sprachreflexion im Anfangerunterricht Franzosisch. Praxis des neusprachlichen Unterrichts, 42(4), 403-410.

 

De Koninck, Z. (Ed.). (1996). Multicultural education. Winnipege, Man.: Canadian Association of Second Language Teachers.

 

De Meléndez, W. R., Ostertag, V., & Peck, J. T. (1997). Teaching young children in multicultural classrooms issues, concepts, and strategies. Albany: Delmar Publishers.

 

De Neve, D. (1997). Pluralism in education in Europe report of the international conference, Alden Biesen, 18-20 May 1995. Brussels: VUBPress.

 

De Silva, K. M. (1986). Managing ethnic tensions in multi-ethnic societies: Sri Lanka, 1880-1985. Washington, DC: University Press of America.

 

Deen, J. (1997). Dealing with problems in intercultural communication: A study of negotiation of meaning in native-nonnative speaker interaction. Tilburg: Tilburg University Press.

 

Dei, G. J. S. (1992). The challenges of anti-racist education in Canada. (Toronto: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

 

Dei, G. J. S. (1996). Anti-racism education: Theory and practice. Halifax, N.S.: Fernwood.

 

Del Grand, K. (1999). Features of communities around the world social studies, grade 2, and information studies. (Toronto): Toronto District School Board.

 

Delanoy, W., Köberl, J., & Tschachler, H. (1993). Experiencing a foreign culture papers in English, American, and Australian studies. (Tübingen): Gunter Narr Verlag.

 

Delanoy, W., Köberl, J., & Tschachler, H. (1993). Experiencing a foreign culture: Papers in English, American, and Australian studies. Tübingen: Gunter Narr Verlag.

 

Delpit, L. (1995). Other people´s children. Cultural conflict in the classroom. New York: New Press.

 

Delpit, L. D. (1995). Other people´s children: Cultural conflict in the classroom. New York: New Press Distributed by W.W. Norton.

 

Demorgon, J. (1989). L´exploitation interculturelle: pour une pédagogie internationale. Paris: Armand Colin.

 

Demorgon, J. (1989). L´exploration interculturelle: Pour une pédagogie internationale. Paris: Armand Colin.

 

Demuth, C., & Twitchin, J. (1981). Multi-cultural education views from the classroom. London: British Broadcasting Corp..

 

Denbo, S., & American University (Washington, D. C. (1990). Effective schools for culturally diverse students an annotated bibliography. Washington, D.C.: Mid-Atlantic Equity Center, School of Education, The American University.

 

DeNevi, D. (Ed.). (1971). Teaching multi-cultural populations: Five heritages. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold Co..

 

Denstaedt, L., & Hall, M. (1997). Global roots celebrating diversity, exploring family heritage. Grand Rapids, Mich.: Instructional Fair/TS Denison.

 

Derman-Sparks, L. (1989). Anti-bias curriculum: Tools for empowering young children. Washington, D.C.: National Association for the Education of Young Children.

 

Deshpande, C., & Das, P. (1988). Finger foods. London: A & C Black.

 

Deshpande, S. P., & Viswesvaran, C. (1992). Is Cross-Cultural Training of Expatriate Managers Effective: A Metaanalysis. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 16(3), 295-310.

 

Deverthelyi, R. F. (1995). International Students Spouses: Invisible Sojourners in the Culture Shock Literature. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 19(3), 387-411.

 

DeVillar, R. A. (Ed.). (1994). Cultural diversity in schools from rhetoric to practice. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

DeVillar, R. A., Faltis, C., & Cummins, J. (Eds.). (1994). Cultural diversity in schools. From rhetoric to practice. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Devoogd, G. L. (1998). Computer Use Levers Power Sharing: Multicultural Students Styles of Participation and Knowledge. Computers & Education, 31(4), 351-364.

 

Devoss, D., Jasken, J., & Hayden, D. (2002). Teaching Intracultural and Intercultural Communication: A Critique and Suggested Method. Journal of Business and Technical Communication, 16(1), 69-94.

 

Diamond, B. J., & Moore, M. A. (1995). Multicultural literacy mirroring the reality of the classroom. White Plains, N.Y.: Longman Publishers USA.

 

Diamond, B. J., & Moore, M. A. (1995). Multicultural literacy. Mirrorin in Amnesic and Non-Amnesic Patients with Aneurysms of the Anterultural education united states]¯].

 

Díaz, C. (2001). Multicultural education for the 21st century. New York: Longman.

 

Díaz, C. (Ed.). (1992). Multicultural education for the 21st century. Washington, D.C.: NEA Professional Library, National Education Association.

 

Díaz, C., Massialas, B. G., & Xanthopoulos, J. (1998). Global perspectives for educators. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Dickman, H. (Ed.). (1993). The imperiled academy. New Brunswick, N.J, USA: Transaction Publishers.

 

Diket, R. (Ed.). (1995). Trends in art education from diverse cultures. Reston, VA: The National Art Education Association.

 

Dilg, M. (1999). Race and culture in the classroom teaching and learning through multicultural education. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Dilworth, M. E. (Ed.). (1998). Being responsive to cultural differences how teachers learn. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press.

 

Dimock, H. G. (1964). Intercultural relations training an experiment in citizenship education. Montreal: Centre for Human Relations and Community Studies, Sir George Williams University.

 

Dissemination Center for Bilingual Bicultural Education (U.S.). (1975). Guide to teacher education programs for bilingual bicultural education in U.S. colleges and universities. Austin, Tex.: Dissemination Center for Bilingual Bicultural Education.

 

Dissemination Center for Bilingual Bicultural Education (U.S.). (1975). Teacher training bibliography an annotated listing of materials for bilingual bicultural teacher education. Austin: The Center.

 

Dokkyo Daigaku. (1988). Three universities´ international symposium facing tomorrow´s world = San daigaku godo kokusai sinpojiumu hokokusho : ”asu no sekai ni chokumenshite”. Sokashi, Japan: Dokkyo University.

 

Dominelli, L. (1997). Anti-racist social work: A challenge for white practitioners and educators. Basingstoke: Macmillan Education.

 

Domite, M. C. S. (2000). Actas do Primeiro Congresso Brasileiro de Etnomatemática. S. Paulo: FE-USP.

 

Domnitz, M. (1965). Educational techniques for combating prejudice and discrimination and for promoting better intergroup understanding: Report on an international meeting, 25-30 May, 1964. Hamburg: Unesco Institute for Education.

 

Domnitz, M., Unesco Institute for Education. C. E. T. C. P. D. P. B. I. U. H. (1965). Educational techniques for combating prejudice and discrimination and for promoting better intergroup understanding report on an international meeting, 25-30 May, 1964. Hamburg: Unesco Institute for Education.

 

Donaldson, K. B. M. L. (1996). Through students´ eyes. Combating racism in United States schools. New York, NY: Praeger.

 

Donaldson, K. B. M. L. (2001). Shattering the denial protocols for the classroom and beyond. Westport, Conn.: Bergin & Garvey.

 

Donovan, J. M., & Rundle, B. A. (1997). Psychic Unity Constraints upon Successful Intercultural Communication. Language & Communication, 17(3), 219-235.

 

Dorais, L. J., Genest, S., & Mauger, L. (1994). Autour des transferts Orient-Occident: Perspectives anthropologiques. --. Québec: GÉRAC, Faculté des sciences sociales, Université Laval.

 

Doss, B. D., & Hopkins, J. R. (1998). The Multicultual Masculinity Ideology Scale: Validation from three cultural perspectives. Sex Roles, 38(9-10), 719-741.

 

Downing, K. E., MacAdam, B., & Nichols, D. P. (1993). Reaching a multicultural student community. A handbook for academic librarians. Westport, CN: Greenwood Press.

 

Draper, P. (Ed.). (1998). A nation of immigrants women, workers, and communities in Canadian history, 1840s-1960s. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

 

Drescher, H. W., Görke, L., & Herber, J. (1997). Transfer: Übersetzen--Dolmetschen--Interkulturalität : 50 Jahre Fachbereich Angewandte Sprach- und Kulturwissenschaft der Johannes Gutenberg-Universität Mainz in Germersheim. Frankfurt am Main New York: P. Lang.

 

Dresser, N. (1995). Our own stories. Readings for cross-cultural communication. London: Longman.

 

Du Bois, R. D. (1945). Build together Americans: Adventures in intercultural education for the secondary school. New York: Hinds, Hayden (and) Eldredge.

 

Duarte, E. M., & Smith, S. (2000). Foundational perpectives in multicultural education. New York Don Mills, ON: Longman.

 

Dubin, F., & Kuhlman, N. A. (1992). Cross-cultural literacy global perspectives on reading and writing. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Regents/Prentice Hall.

 

Dubin, F., & Kuhlman, N. A. (Eds.). (1992). Cross-cultural literacy. Global perspectives on reading and writing. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

 

Dubois, S. V. C. (1977). (Report). --. Toronto: Ontario Association for Curriculum Development.

 

Dudden, A. P. (Ed.). (1987). The Fulbright experience, 1946-1986 encounters and transformations. New Brunswick (N.J.) (U.S.A.): Transaction Books.

 

Dudden, A. P., & Dynes, R. R. (Eds.). (1987). The Fulbright experience, 1946-1986. Encounters and transformations. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.

 

Duhon-Sells, R. M. (Ed.). (1996). An interdisciplinary approach to multicultural teaching and learning. Lewiston, N.Y.: E. Mellen Press.

 

Duhon-Sells, R. M., & Pitts, E. T. (Eds.). (1994). A Vision of multicultural education for the year 2000. Lewiston, NY: Mellen Press.

 

Dunn, R. S., & Griggs, S. A. (1995). Multiculturalism and learning style. Teaching and counseling adolescents. New York, NY: Praeger.

 

Dykhuizen, C. J. (2000). Training in Culture: The Case of Aikido Education and Meaning-Making Outcomes in Japan and the United-States. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 24(6), 741-761.

 

Dyson, A. H. (1997). What difference does difference make? teacher reflections on diversity, literacy, and the urban primary school. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

 

Dyson, A. H. (1997). Writing superheroes contemporary childhood, popular culture, and classroom literacy. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Dyson, A. H. (Ed.). (1994). The need for story cultural diversity in classroom and community. Urbana, Ill.: National Council of Teachers of English.

 

Dyson, A. H., & Genishi, C. (Eds.). (1994). The Need for story. Cultural diversity in classroom and community. National Council of Teachers of English.

 

East York Board of Education. (1987). Multicultural, ethnic and race relations policy. Toronto, ON: The Board.

 

Easterly, J. L. (Ed.). (1994). Promoting global teacher education. Seven reports. Association of Teacher Educators.

 

Eckermann, A. K. (1994). One classroom, many cultures teaching strategies for culturally different children. St. Leonards, N.S.W.: Allen & Unwin.

 

Eckermann, A. K. (1994). One classroom, many cultures. Teaching strategies for culturally different children. London: Allen & Unwin.

 

Eco, U. (1991). Empowerment through multicultural education. Anabay, N. Y.: State University of New York Press.

 

Eco, U. (1998). Serendipities: Language & lunacy. New York: Columbia University Press.

 

Edgerton, S. H. (1996). Translating the curriculum: Multiculturalism into cultural studies. New York: Routledge.

 

Education and World Affairs. (1965). The university looks abroad approaches to world affairs at six American universities, a report. New York: Walker.

 

Edwards, G. (1995). American history through multicultural literature. Torrance, Calif.: Frank Schaffer Publications.

 

Edwards, G. (1996). Celebrating diversity through multicultural literature. Torrance, Calif.: Frank Schaffer Publications.

 

Edwards, V. (1996). The other languages a guide to multilingual classrooms. Reading: Reading and Language Information Centre.

 

Edwards, V. (1998). The power of Babel teaching and learning in multilingual classrooms. Stoke-on-Trent (England): Trentham Books , in association with the Reading and Language Information Centre, University of Reading.

 

Eggensperger, K. H. (1996). Impulses to Intercultural Dialogue through Project-Oriented French Instruction; Impulse zum interkulturellen Dialog durch projektorientierten Franzosischunterricht. Fremdsprachenunterricht, 40(4), 271-276.

 

Eggleston, J., Dunn, D., Aanjali, M., & Wright, C. (1986). Education for some: the educational & vocational experiences of 15-18 year-old members of minority ethnic groups. Trentham: Trentham Books.

 

Ehara, T. (2000). Tabunka kyoiku no kokusai hikaku esunishiti e no kyoiku no taio. Machida-shi: Tamagawa Daigaku Shuppanbu.

 

Eigenberg, H., & Baro, A. (1994). Invisibility and marginalization of women of color. In James E. Hendricks, & Bryan Byers (Eds.), Multicultural perspectives in criminal justice and criminology. (pp. 291-321). pringfield, IL: Charles C Thomas.

 

Elder, P. S., & Carr, M. A. (1987). Worldways. Bringing the world into the classroom. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

 

Eldering, L., Rijcke, F. J. M., & Zuck, L. V. (1983). Multicultural education a challenge for teachers. Dordrecht, Holland Cinnaminson, N.J.: Foris.

 

Elliot, G. M. (1999). Cross-cultural awareness in an aging society: Effective strategies for communication and caring, a resource book for practitioners, educators and students. Hamilton, Ont.: Office of Gerontological Studies, McMaster University.

 

Elliott-Kemp, J. (1989). Working across cultural boundaries: The challenge of cross-cultural competence in the 1990´s. Sheffield, England: PAVIC Publications, Library & Learning Resources, Sheffield City Polytechnic.

 

Emery, W. (Ed.). (2000). Rainbow of dreams memories in black and white : An anthology of restored photographs and writings by media students at Laurier Macdonald High School, St. Leonard, Quebec. Calgary, AB: Detselig Enterprises.

 

Endicott, F., & Mukherjee, A. (1992). Employment equity for racially visible and aboriginal peoples: An anti-racist framework and an anti-racist manual for school boards. Ottawa: Canadian School Boards Association.

 

Engstrom, C. M., & Sedlacek, W. E. (1991). A study of prejudice toward university student-athletes. Special Issue: Multiculturalism as a fourth force in counseling. Journal of Counseling and Development, 70(1), 189-193.

 

Enloe, W., & Simon, K. (Eds.). (1993). Linking through diversity. Practical classroom activities for experiencing and understanding our cultures. Tucson, AZ: Zephyr Press.

 

Enright, D. S. (Ed.). (1986). Children and ESL integrating perspectives. Washington, D.C., U.S.A.: Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages.

 

Epps, E. G. (1974). Cultural pluralism. Berkeley, Calif.: McCutchan Corp..

 

Eppstein, J. (Ed.). (1968). National stereotypes: An educational challenge report of an international seminar for teachers organized at Elsinore, Denmark, by the Atlantic Information Centre for Teachers, 17th to 22nd March 1968. London: Atlantic Information Centre for Teachers.

 

Epstein, D. (1993). Changing classroom cultures anti-racism, politics and schools. Stoke-on-Trent: Trentham Books.

 

Epstein, D., & Sealey, A. (1990). ”Where it really matters--”: Developing anti-racist education in predominantly white primary schools. Birmingham (England: Development Education Centre.

 

Erickson, F. (1983). What anthropology can say about education in multicultural settings. Montreal: I.S.T.S..

 

Eriksen Terzian, A. (1998). Vidéo et pédagogie interculturelle. Paris: Anthropos Diffusion, Economica.

 

Erlmann, V. (1999). Music, modernity, and the global imagination: South Africa and the West. New York: Oxford University Press.

 

Ervin, A. M. (Ed.). (1991). Immigrants and refugees in Canada a national perspective on ethnicity, multiculturalism and cross-cultural adjustment. Saskatoon Montréal: University of Saskatchewan Université de Montréal.

 

Esfandiari, M., & Jahromi, S. (1989). A Comparison of Iranian High-School-Students in Single- Sex and Mixed-Sex Bilingual Schools: Intelligence and Vocational Aspiration. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 13(4), 447-464.

 

Esling, J. H. (Ed.). (1989). Multicultural education and policy ESL in the 1990s : A tribute to Mary Ashworth. Toronto: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

 

Essed, P., & Gircour, R. T. (1996). Diversity: Gender, color, and culture. Amherst, MA: University of Massachusetts Press.

 

Essed, P. J. M. (1990). Against All Odds: Teaching Against racism at a University in South Africa. The European Journal of Intercultural Studies, 41-56.

 

Eto, S. (Ed.). (1993). Daigaku kokusaika e no chosen Ajia Daigaku no kokoromi. Tokyo: Saimaru Shuppankai.

 

Etobicoke Board of Education. (1985). Race and ethnic relations policy: An inmplementation and review process. Etobicoke, ON: The Board.

 

European Commission. (1998). Leonardo da Vinci multilingualism in vocational training. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications of the European Communities.

 

European Research Group on Training for School Exchanges. (1993). Teaching for exchanges aims and ways of teacher-training : Encounters for training, training to encounter. Strasbourg: Council of Europe Press.

 

Everix, N. (1991). Ethnic celebrations around the world. Torrance, Calif.: Good Apple.

 

Extra, G., & Maartens, J. (1998). Multilingualism in a multicultural context case studies on South Africa and Western Europe. (Tilburg): Tilburg University Press.

 

Eyber, C., Dyer, D., & Versfeld, R. (1997). Resisting racism a teachers´ guide to equality in education. (Cape Town) Johannesburg: TLRC IDASA Throrold´s Africana Books (distributor.

 

Eyber, C., Dyer, D., & Versfeld, R. (1997). Resisting racism: A teachers´ guide to equality in education. Cape Town Johannesburg: TLRC IDASA Throrold´s Africana Books (distributor.

 

Faistauer, R. (1996). Writing Life Histories in German as a Foreign Language Instruction: A Contribution to Creative Writing in Multicultural Groups; Lebensgeschichten Schreiben im Deutsch-als-Fremdsprache-Unterricht. Ein Beitrag zum kreativen Schreiben in multikulturellen Gruppen. Deutsch lernen, 21(2), 156-170.

 

Falk, B., & Harris, J. (Eds.). (1983). Unity in diversity. Multicultural education in Australia. Australian College of Educ.

 

Fall, K., Hadj-Moussa, R., & Simeoni, D. (1996). Les convergences culturelles dans les sociétés pluriethniques. Sainte-Foy, Québec: Presses de l´Université du Québec.

 

Fall, K., Simeoni, D., & Vignaux, G. (1994). Mots, représentations: Enjeux dans les contacts interethniques et interculturels. Ottawa: Presses de l´Université d´Ottawa.

 

Fantini, A. E. (1984). Beyond the language classroom a guide for teachers : Identifying and using language-culture resources for developing communicative competence. Brattleboro, Vt.: The Experiment in International Living.

 

Fantini, A. E. (1985). Cross-cultural orientation a guide for leaders and educators. Brattleboro, Vt.: Experiment in International Living.

 

Fantini, A. E. (1997). New ways in teaching culture. Alexandria, VA: Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages.

 

Farago, C. J. (Ed.). (1995). Reframing the Renaissance. Visual culture in Europe and Latin America, 1450-1650. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

 

Fargher, R., Harker, R. K., & Ziersch, R. (1981). What happened at Herman(n)sburg? two essays on cultural clashes in education. (Wellington: NZCER).

 

Farkas, J. B., & Kono, M. (1987). Amerika no Nihonjin seitotachi ibunkakan kyoikuron. Tokyo: Tokyo Shoseki.

 

Farr, B. P., & Trumbull, E. (1997). Assessment alternatives for diverse classrooms. Norwood, MA: Christopher-Gordon Publishers.

 

Farrell, L. (1996). A Case Study of Discursive Practices and Assessment Processes in a Multi-Ethnic Context. Journal of Pragmatics, 26(3), 267-289.

 

Farrell, P. (1990). Multicultural education. Scholastic Publishers.

 

Fasold, R. W. (1975). Influences on social lect level: Where you are and where your head is. Bloomington, Ind.: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

 

Favilli, F. (1998). Teaching geometry in Somalia: linguistic and cultural aspects. Proceedings of the ICEM I. Granada: Universidad de Granada.

 

Favilli, F. (2000). Cultural intermediation for a better integration in the classroom: The role of the ethnomathematics programme. In A. Ahmed, J. M. Kraemer & H. Williams (Eds.), Cultural Diversity in Mathematics (Education): CIEAEM 51. (pp. 1165-168). Chichester: Horwood Publishing.

 

Favilli, F., César, M., & Oliveras, M. L. (2003). Maths teachers in multicultural classes: findings from a Southern European project. In Proceedings of the III CERME. Bellaria, Italy.

 

Fechler, B., Kössler, G., & Liebertz-Gross, T. (2000). ”Erziehung nach Auschwitz” in der multikulturellen Gesellschaft pädagogische und soziologische Annäherungen. Weinheim: Juventa Verlag.

 

Feeger, A. (1997). Culturally appropriate early childhood mathematics in the extreme of ethnics diversity. Melbourne: Lecrures of AAMT.

 

Feinberg, W. (1993). Japan and the pursuit of a new American identity. Work and education in a multicultural age. London: Routledge.

 

Feinberg, W. (1998). Common schools, uncommon identities national unity and cultural difference. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

 

Feleppa, R. (1988). Convention, translation, and understanding: Philosophical problems in the comparative study of culture. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Ferdman, B. M. (Ed.). (1994). A Resource guide for teaching and research on diversity. American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business.

 

Ferguson, H. (1987). Manual for multicultural education. Yarmouth: Intercultural Press.

 

Fernandez, J. W., & Singer, M. B. (Eds.). (1995). The Conditions of reciprocal understanding. A centennial conference at International House, The University of Chicago, September 12-17, 1992, with Transcultura: selected papers and comments. University of Chicago. Center for Int. Studies.

 

Ferréol, G., & Deliège, R. (1998). Intégration, lien social et citoyenneté. Villeneuve-d´Ascq: Presses universitaires du Septentrion.

 

Figueroa, P. M. E. (Ed.). (1993). Education for cultural diversity the challenge for a new era. London New York: Routledge.

 

Finkelstein, B., & Eder, E. K. (1998). Hidden messages instructional materials for investigating culture. Yarmouth, ME: Intercultural Press.

 

Finkelstein, B., & Imamura, A. E. (Eds.). (1991). Transcending stereotypes: Discovering Japanese culture and education. Yarmouth, Me.: Intercultural Press.

 

Fiol-Matta, L., & Chamberlain, M. (Eds.). (1994). Women of color and the multicultural curriculum. Transforming the college classroom. Feminist Press.

 

Fischer-Lichte, E. (1997). The show and the gaze of theatre: A European perspective. Iowa City: University of Iowa Press.

 

Fisher, S. (Ed.). (1980). Ideas into action curriculum for a changing world : A handbook for teachers, written by teachers. London: World Studies Project.

 

Flaxman, E. (Ed.). (1995). Changing populations, changing schools. Chicago, IL.: National Society for the Study of Education distributed by the University of Chicago Press.

 

Flecha, R. (1999). Modern and Postmodern Racism in Europe: Dialogic Approach and Antiracist Pedagogies. Harvard Educational Review, 69(2), 150-171.

 

Flint, S., Pritchard, S., & Music, A. D. E. L. (1982). Music, arts & dance: Teaching pack. Bristol: Music, Arts and Dance Expo Ltd..

 

Flora, S. B., Myers, D., & Anderson, J. (1993). Multicultural mini-units. Minneapolis, MI: T.S. Denison.

 

Flurkey, A. D. (Ed.). (1994). Under the whole language umbrella many cultures, many voices. Urbana, Ill. Bloomington, Ind.: National Council of Teachers of English Whole Language Umbrella.

 

Flurkey, A. D., & Meyer, R. J. (Eds.). (1994). Under the whole language umbrella. Many cultures, many voices. National Council of Teachers of English Whole Lang. Umbrella.

 

Foggo, C., Jacob, S., Koenig, W., Martini, C., & Ritco, P. (1991). Playing fair : Carol´s mirror. Montreal, PQ: National Film Board of Canada.

 

Fonseca, E. G. (1991). New methods and new media in library services to multicultural populations. The proceedings of the seminar, Eskilstuna, Sweden, August 15-17, 1990. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

 

Fontaine, G. (1986). Roles of Social Support Systems in Overseas Relocation: Implications for Intercultural Training. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 10(3), 361-378.

 

Ford, D. Y., & Harris, J. J. (1999). Multicultural gifted education. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Foreman, E., & Macdonald, C. (1990). Teaching global responsibility. --. (Vancouver, B.C.): British Columbia Primary Teachers´ Association.

 

Foster, H. L., & Iannaccone, C. J. (1994). Multicultural content in special education introductory textbooks. Journal of Special Education, 28(1), 77-92.

 

Foster, L. (1998). Turnstile immigration multiculturalism, social order & social justice in Canada. Toronto: Thompson Educational.

 

Foster, L., & Herzog, P. S. (Eds.). (1994). Defending diversity. Contemporary philosophical perspectives on pluralism and multiculturalism. Amherst, MA: University of Massachusetts Press.

 

Foster, L. E. (1988). Diversity and multicultural education a sociological perspective. Sydney: Allen & Unwin.

 

Foster, P. (1990). Policy and practice in multicultural and anti-racist education. A case study of a multi-ethnic comprehensive school. London: Routledge.

 

Foster, P. (1993). Some Problems in Establishing Equality of Treatment in Multiethnic Schools. British Journal of Sociology, 44(3), 519-535.

 

Fowler, R., & Wright, I. (1995). Thinking globally about social studies education. Vancouver, B.C.: Research and Development in Global Studies, Centre for the Study of Curriculum and Instruction, University of British Columbia.

 

Fowler, S. M. (Ed.). (1995). Intercultural sourcebook. Cross-cultural training methods. Yarmouth: Intercultural Press.

 

Fox, H. (1994). Listening to the world. Cultural issues in academic writing. National Council of Teachers of English.

 

Fradd, S. H., & Weismantel, M. J. (1989). Meeting the needs of culturally and linguistically different students. A handbook for educators. Boston, MA: Little, Brown.

 

Francis, R. (1981). Teach to the difference cross-cultural studies in Australian education. St. Lucia (Brisbane) New York: University of Queensland Press.

 

Francis, R. J. C. (1981). Teach to the difference. Cross-cultural studies in Australian education. University of Qld. Press.

 

Frankrijker, H. (Ed.). (1992). Education in a multicultural society research and practice. De Lier, Netherlands: Academic Book Center.

 

Frankrijker, H., & Kieviet, F. (Eds.). (1992). Education in a multicultural society. Research and practice. Academisch Boeken Centrum.

 

Fraser, J. W. (1997). Reading, writing, and justice school reform as if democracy matters. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Fraser, J. W. (Ed.). (1993). Freedom´s plow teaching in the multicultural classroom. New York: Routledge.

 

Frederickson, J. (Ed.). (1995). Reclaiming our voices bilingual education, critical pedagogy & praxis. Ontario, CA (320 W. G St., Suite 203, Ontario 91762): California Association for Bilingual Education.

 

Frederickson, J. (Ed.). (1995). Reclaiming our voices. Bilingual education, critical pedagogy and praxis. California Assn. for Bilingual Educ.

 

Freedman, K., & Liu, M. H. (1996). The Importance of Computer Experience, Learning-Processes, and Communication Patterns in Multicultural Networking. Etr&D-Educational Technology Research and Development, 44(1), 43-59.

 

Freedman, S. W. (1999). Inside city schools investigating literacy in multicultural classrooms. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Friedman, E. G. (Ed.). (1996). Creating an inclusive college curriculum a teaching sourcebook from the New Jersey Project. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Friesen, J. W. (1971). People, culture and learning. --. Calgary: Detselig.

 

Friesen, J. W. (1977). People, culture and learning. Calgary, Alta.: Detselig Enterprises.

 

Friesen, J. W. (1983). Schools with a purpose. Calgary: Detselig Enterprises, c1983..

 

Friesen, J. W., & Boberg, A. L. (1990). Introduction to teaching. A socio-cultural approach. Dubuque, IA: Kendall & Hunt.

 

Fry, A. J. (Ed.). (1988). Canadian mosaic essays on multiculturalism. Amsterdam: Free University Press.

 

Fry, G., & Thurber, C. E. (1989). The international education of the development consultant: Communicating with peasants and princes. Oxford (England New York: Pergamon Press.

 

Fuchs, G., & Meyer, J. P. (1994). Le Système scolaire et plurilinguisme dans le canton du Valais. Berne: Centre universitaire de recherche sur le plurilinguisme.

 

Fuglesang, A. (1982). About understanding ideas and observations on cross-cultural communication. Uppsala, Sweden: Dag Hammarskjöld Foundation.

 

Fuglesang, A. (1982). About understanding: Ideas and observations on cross-cultural communication. Uppsala, Sweden: Dag Hammarskjöld Foundation.

 

Fukushima, N. (1990). ”Kokusaika jidai” no sabaibaru-jutsu Eigo de sekai to komyunikeshon. Tokyo: Sankaido.

 

Fullinwider, R. K. (Ed.). (1996). Public education in a multicultural society policy, theory, critique. Cambridge (England) New York: Cambridge University Press.

 

Furinghetti, F. (2002). Matematica come processo socioculturale Fantasmi in classe e fuori: convinzione, credenze, concezione, miti. Trento: IPRASE Trentino.

 

Furnham, A., & Alibhai, N. (1985). Value Differences in Foreign-Students. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 9(4), 365-375.

 

Gaertner, S. L., Rust, M. C., Dovidio, J. F., & Bachman, B. A., et al. (1994). The contact hypothesis: The role of a common ingroup identity on reducing intergroup bias. Special Issue: Social cognition in small groups. Small Group Research, 25(2), 224-249.

 

Gagarin, A. S. (1994). Kul´tury v dialoge: Grani dukhovnosti. Ekaterinburg: Izd-vo Ural´skogo universiteta.

 

Gagliardi, R. (Ed.). (1995). Teacher training and multiculturalism national studies. Paris, France: International Bureau of Education.

 

Gagnon, F., McAndrew, M., & Pagé, M. (1996). Pluralisme, citoyenneté & éducation. Montréal: Harmattan.

 

Gail, J., & Houlding, L. A. (1995). Day of the moon shadow. Tales with ancient answers to scientific questions. Englewood: Libraries Unlimited.

 

Gallois, C., Barker, M., Jones, E., & Callan, J. (1992). Intercultural communication: Evaluations of lecturers and Australian and Chinese students. In S. Iwawaki, Y. Kashima, & K., Leung (Eds.), Innovations in cross-cultural psychology. Amsterdam: Swets & Zeitlinger.

 

Gamlin, P. J. (1991). Multicultural education in Canada from a global perspective approaches at elementary and secondary levels including teacher training. Toronto: Dept. of Applied Psychology, Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

 

Gannaway, G. (1994). Transforming mind. A critical cognitive activity. Westport, CT: Bergin & Garvey/Greenwood.

 

Garcés V., L. F., & Alvarez Palomeque, C. (1997). Linguistica aplicada a la educacion intercultural bilingüe. Quito, Ecuador: U.P.S. Abya-Yala.

 

García, E. E. (1991). Education of linguistically and culturally diverse students effective instructional practices. (Santa Cruz, Calif.): National Center for Research on Cultural Diversity and Second Language Learning, University of California.

 

Garcia, E. E. (1994). Understanding and meeting the challenge of student cultural diversity. Boston, MA: Houghton Mifflin.

 

García, E. E. (1999). Student cultural diversity understanding and meeting the challenge. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

 

García, E. E. (Ed.). (1995). Meeting the challenge of linguistic and cultural diversity in early childhood education. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Garcia, I. R. (1998). Estudio etnolinguistico de los antíguos numerales canarios. Tenerife: Baile del Sol.

 

Garca, F. J.; Granados, A., & Montes, A. (1999). Reflexiones en diversos ámbitos de construcción de la diferencia. In F.J. García & A. Granados (Eds.), Lecturas para educación intercultural (pp. 15-46). Madrid: Trotta.

 

Garca, F. J.; Pulido, R.A., & Montes, A. (1999). La educación multicultural y el concepto de cultura. In F. J. García & A. Granados (Eds.), Lecturas para educación intercultural (pp. 47-80). Madrid: Trotta.

 

Garcia, R. L. (1982). Teaching in a pluralistic society. Concepts, models, strategies. Harper and Row.

 

Garcia, R. L. (1991). Teaching in a pluralistic society. Concepts, models, strategies. HarperCollins Pubs.

 

Garcia, S. B. (Ed.). (1994). Guidelines for design of intakes for hydroelectric plants. Council for Exceptional Children. Div. for Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Exceptional Learners.

 

García Castaño, F. J., & Granados Martínez, A. (1997). Educación integración o exclusión de la diversidad cultural? Granada: Laboratorio de Estudios Interculturales Facultad de Ciencias de la Educación, Universidad de Granada.

 

Gardenswartz, L., & Rowe, A. (1994). The managing diversity survival guide. A complete collection of checklists, activities, and tips. Irwin Professional Pub.

 

Garrett, P., Giles, H., & Coupland, N. (1989). The contexts of language learning: extending the intergroup model of second language learning. In S. Ting-Toomey (Ed.). Language, Communication and Culture: Current Directions. (International and Intercultural Communication Annual, 13). Newbury Park, Ca.: Sage.

 

Garrett, R. M. (Ed.). (1984). Education and development. London: Croom Helm.

 

Garrigós, A., González Placer, F., & Santamaría, E. (1998). Contra el fundamentalismo escolar reflexiones sobre educación, escolarización y diversidad cultural. Barcelona: Virus Contra.

 

Gass, S. M., & Houck, N. (1999). Interlanguage refusals: A cross-cultural study of Japanese-English. Berlin New York: Mouton de Gruyter.

 

Gaston, J. (1984). Cultural awareness teaching techniques. Brattleboro, Vt.: Pro Lingua Associates.

 

Gaudet, E., Lafortune, L., & Potvin, C. (1997). Pour une pédagogie interculturelle: Des stratégies d´enseignement. Saint-Laurent, PQ: Éditions du renouveau pédagogique.

 

Gaw, K. F. (2000). Reverse Culture Shock in Students Returning from Overseas. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 24(1), 83-104.

 

Gay, G. (1994). At the essence of learning. Multicultural education. Kappa Delta Pi.

 

Gay, G. (2000). Culturally responsive teaching theory, research, and practice. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Gaylord, S. K. (1994). Multicultural books to make and share. Easy-to-make, authentic, cross-curricular. Scholastic Professional Bks.

 

Geach, J. D. (1988). Community languages sources and resources. London: Centre for Information on Language Teaching and Research.

 

Geismar, K., & Nicoleau, G. (Eds.). (1993). Teaching for change. Addressing issues of difference in the college classroom. Harvard Educ. Review.

 

Gentile, M. C. (Ed.). (1994). Differences that work. Organizational excellence through diversity. Harvard Business School Press.

 

Georgeoff, P. J. (1967). The elementary curriculum as a factor in racial understanding. --. Lafayette, Ind.: Purdue University.

 

Gerdes, P. (1991). Etnomatemática: cultura, matemática, educação. Maputo: Instituto Superior Pedagógico.

 

Gerdes, P. (1992).Pitágoras africano: um estudo em cultura e educação matemática. Maputo: Instituto Superior Pedagógico.

 

Gerdes, P. (1993).Geometria Sona (I e II). Maputo: Instituto Superior Pedagógico.

 

Gerdes, P. (1994). Exploration in ethnomathematics and ethnoscience in Mozambique. Maputo: Instituto Superior Pedagógico.

 

Gerdes, P. (1995). Femmes et géometrie en Afrique Australe. Paris: LïHarmattan.

 

Gerdes, P. (1998). Geometry from Africa: mathematical and educational explorations. Washington: The Mathematical Association of America.

 

Gérin-Lajoie, D., Lavoie-Gauthier, L., & Heller, M. (1991). Guide pour l´élaboration, la mise en oeuvre et l´évaluation d´une politique en matière d´éducation multiculturelle/interculturelle pour les écoles de langue française au Canada. Toronto: Centre de recherches en éducation franco-ontarienne, Institut d´études pédagogiques de l´Ontario.

 

Gérin-Lajoie, D., Lavoie-Gauthier, L., & Heller, M. (1991). Les politiques en matière d´éducation multiculturelle/interculturelle dans les écoles de langue française au Canada. Toronto: Centre de recherches en éducation franco-ontarienne, Institut d´études pédagogiques de l´Ontario.

 

Gerke, P. (1996). Multicultural plays for children. Smith and Kraus.

 

Getty Center for Education in the Arts. (1993). Discipline-based art education and cultural diversity seminar proceedings, August 6-9, 1992, Austin, Texas. Santa Monica, CA: Getty Center for Education in the Arts.

 

Ghahramani, M. (1996). Die Entwicklung eines zweisprachigen interkulturellen Schulsystems in Bolivien unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Guaraní. Wien: Edition Praesens.

 

Ghai, N. S., Koenig, W., Ritco, P., & Varughese, S. (1991). Playing fair : Mela´s lunch. Montreal, PQ: National Film Board of Canada.

 

Ghosh, R. (1996). Redefining multicultural education. Toronto: Harcourt Brace Canada.

 

Ghosh, R. (2002). Redefining multicultural education. Scarborough, ON: Nelson Thomson Learning.

 

Gibson, J., & Hébert, Y. M. (1986). Folk rhymes from kids to kids. (Vancouver): Western Education Development Group, Faculty of Education, University of British Columbia.

 

Gibson, J., & Hébert, Y. M. (1986). Folk rhymes: From kids to kids. Vancouver: Western Education Development Group, Faculty of Education, University of British Columbia.

 

Gibson, J. S. (1969). The intergroup relations curriculum a program for elementary school education. Medford, Mass.: Lincoln Filene Center for Citizenship and Public Affairs, Tufts University.

 

Giles, H., & Coupland, N. (1990). Language attitudes: Discursive, contextual and gerontological considerations. In A.G. Reynolds (Ed.). Bilingualism, Multiculturalism and Second Language Learning: The McGill Conference in Honour of Wallace E. Lambert. (pp. 21-42). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

 

Giles, H., & Coupland, N. (1991). Language attitudes: Discursive, contextual, and gerontological considerations. In Allan G. Reynolds (Ed.), Bilingualism, multiculturalism, and second language learning: The McGill Conference in Honour of Wallace E. Lambert. (pp. 21-42). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

 

Gill, D. (Ed.). (1987). Anti-racist science teaching. London: Free Association Books.

 

Gill, D. (Ed.). (1992). Racism and education structures and strategies. London: Sage Open University.

 

Gillborn, D. (1990). ´Race´, ethnicity, and education teaching and learning in multi-ethnic schools. London: Unwin Hyman.

 

Giroux, H. A. (1993). Living dangerously. Multiculturalism and the politics of difference. Bern: Lang.

 

Giroux, H. A. (Ed.). (1994). Between borders pedagogy and the politics of cultural studies. New York London: Routledge.

 

Giroux, H. A., & McLaren, P. (1993). Between borders. Pedagogy and the politics of cultural studies. London: Routledge.

 

Giroux, H. A., & McLaren, P. (Eds.). (1994). Between borders: Pedagogy and the politics of cultural studies. New York London: Routledge.

 

Giusti, M. (2001). L´Educazione interculturale nella scuola di base: Teorie, esperienze, narrazioni. Milano: La nuova Italia.

 

Gladstone, F., & McIntosh, M. A. (1983). A cross-cultural communicator for teachers of Chinese students. Vancouver. B.C.: Public Issues in Canada Project, Faculty of Education, University of British Columbia.

 

Glanz, J. (Ed.). (2000). Paradigm debates in curriculum and supervision modern and postmodern perspectives. Westport, CT: Bergin & Garvey.

 

Glass, R. D., & Wallace, K. R. (1996). Challenging race and racism: A framework for educators. In Maria P. P. Root (Ed.), The multiracial experience: Racial borders as the new frontier. (pp. 341-358). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

 

Glazer, N. (1991). Beyond the melting pot: Thirty years later. Toronto: Robert F. Harney Professorship and Program in Ethnic, Immigration and Pluralism Studies, University of Toronto.

 

Glazer, N. (1997). We are all multiculturalists now. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

 

Gleich, U. (1989). Educación bilingüe intercultural. Eschborn: Deutsche Gesellschaft für Technische Zusammenarbeit.

 

Gmelch, G. (1997). Crossing Cultures: Student Travel and Personal Development. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 21(4), 475-490.

 

Gochenour, T. (Ed.). (1993). Beyond experience. The experimental approach to cross-cultural education. Yarmouth: Intercultural Press.

 

Goebel, B. A., & Hall, J. C. (Eds.). (1995). Teaching a ”new canon”?. Students, teachers, and texts in the college literature classroom. National Council of Teachers of English.

 

Gogolin, I., & Hohmann, M. (1993). Vom ”bikulturellen” zum ”interkulturellen” Unterricht die Limburger Modellversuche zum Aufnahmeunterricht von Einwandererkindern in Kindergarten und Primarschule. Münster New York: Waxmann.

 

Gogolin, I., Krüger-Potratz, M., & Meyer, M. A. (1998). Pluralität und Bildung. Opladen: Leske + Budrich.

 

Gogolin, I., & Nauck, B. (2000). Migration, gesellschaftliche Differenzierung und Bildung Resultate des Forschungsschwerpunktprogramms FABER. Opladen: Leske + Budrich.

 

Gohier, C., & Schleifer, M. (1993). La question de l´identité qui suis-je? qui est l´autre? Montréal: Éditions Logiques.

 

Goldberg, M. R. (1996). Arts and learning an integrated approach to teaching and learning in multicultural and multilingual settings. White Plains, NY: Longman Publishers.

 

Goldman, A. (1992). Intercultural Training of Japanese for United-States Japanese Interorganizational Communication. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 16(2), 195-215.

 

Goldman, A. (1994). Doing business with the Japanese: A guide to successful communication, management, and diplomacy. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Goldstein, D. L., & Smith, D. H. (1999). The Analysis of the Effects of Experiential Training on Sojourners Cross-Cultural Adaptability. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 23(1), 157-173.

 

Golembiewski, R. T. (1995). Managing diversity in organizations. Birmingham, AL: University of Alabama Press.

 

Gollnick, D. M., & Chinn, P. C. (1983). Multicultural education in a pluralistic society. Mosby.

 

Gollnick, D. M., & Chinn, P. C. (1986). Multicultural education in a pluralistic society. Indianapolis, IN: Bobbsÿ2DMerrill.

 

Gollnick, D. M., & Chinn, P. C. (1990). Multicultural education in a pluralistic society. Indianapolis, IN: Bobbsÿ2DMerrill.

 

Gollnick, D. M., & Chinn, P. C. (1994). Multicultural education in a pluralistic society. New York: Macmillan.

 

Gollnick, D. M., & Chinn, P. C. (1998). Multicultural education in a pluralistic society. Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Merrill.

 

Gollnick, D. M., Klassen, F. H., & Yff, J. (1976). Multicultural education and ethnic studies in the United States an analysis and annotated bibliography of selected ERIC documents. Washington: American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education.

 

Golomb, L. (1985). An anthropology of curing in multiethnic Thailand. Urbana: University of Illinois Press.

 

Gómez Alafaro, A. , Costa, E. M. L., & Floate, S. S. (1999). Ciganos e degredos: os casos de Espanha, Portugal e Inglaterra, séculos XVI-XIX. Lisboa: Secretariado Coordenador dos Programas de Educação Multicultural.

 

Gonçalves, L. A. O., & Silva, P. B. G. (1998). O jogo das diferenças o multiculturalismo e seus contextos. Belo Horizonte: Autêntica.

 

Goodfellow, G. (1986). Getting to know the children of Japan. Toronto, Ont.: Toronto Board of Education.

 

Goodwin, A. L. (1997). Assessment for equity and inclusion embracing all our children. New York: Routledge.

 

Goodwin, A. L. (1997). Multicultural Stories: Preservice Teachers Conceptions of and Responses to Issues of Diversity. Urban Education, 32(1), 117-145.

 

Goody, J. (Ed.). (1992). Multicultural perspectives in the English curriculum. Frecheville, Sheffield: NATE.

 

Gopaul-McNicol, S. A. (1997). A theoretical framework for training monolingual school psychologists to work with multilingual/multicultural children: An exploration of the major competencies. Psychology in the Schools, 34(1), 17-29.

 

Gopaul-McNicol, S. A., & Brice-Baker, J. (1998). Cross-cultural practice: Assessment, treatment, and training. New York: J. Wiley.

 

Gordon, A., & Newfield, C. (1996). Mapping multiculturalism. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

 

Gordon, E. W. (1999). Education and justice a view from the back of the bus. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Gordon, J. U. (Ed.). (1993). Multiculturalism in alcohol and other drug abuse services. Proceedings of the 1992 Governor´s Multicultural Conference on Substance Abuse. University of Kan. Inst. for Black Leadership Development and Res.

 

Gorg, A. K. (1995). The sixties. Biographies of the love generation. Media Assocs.

 

Gorgorio, N., Planas, N., & Vilella, X. (2000). The cultural conflict in Mathematics classroom: Overcoming its ´invisibility´. In A. Ahmed, J. M. Kraemer & H. Williams (Eds.), Cultural Diversity in Mathematics (Education): CIEAEM 51. (pp. 179-185). Chichester: Horwood Publishing.

 

Göser, L. L. (1985). Der Lernprozess eines Entwicklungshelfers am Hindukusch, oder, Pädagogik der Dritten Welt als Anstoss zu Veränderungen bei uns. Frankfurt: AFRA-Druck-KA-RO.

 

Grambs, J. D. (1968). Intergroup education methods and materials. --. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall.

 

Grambs, J. D. (1973). Understanding intergroup relations. Washington: National Education Association.

 

Grant, C. A. (1992). Research and multicultural education: From the margins to the mainstream. London Washington, D.C.: Falmer Press.

 

Grant, C. A. (Ed.). (1993). Research and multicultural education: From the margins to the mainstream. London Washington, D.C.: Falmer Press.

 

Grant, C. A. (Ed.). (1995). Educating for diversity. An anthology of multicultural voices. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Grant, C. A. (Ed.). (1997). Dictionary of multicultural education. Phoenix, AZ: Oryx Press.

 

Grant, C. A. (Ed.). (1999). Multicultural research a reflective engagement with race, class, gender and sexual orientation. London Philadelphia, PA: Falmer Press.

 

Grant, C. A., & Gomez, M. L. (Eds.). (1996). Making schooling multicultural. Campus and classroom. Indianapolis, IN: Bobbsÿ2DMerrill.

 

Grant, C. A., & Sleeter, C. E. (1999). Turning on learning five approaches for multicultural teaching plans for race, class, gender, and disability. New York Toronto: Wiley.

 

Gray, R., & Ballester-y-Marquez, J. A. (1995). Race to justice. A racial justice and diversity program for junior high. Unitarian Universalist Assn.

 

Gray, R., Ballester y Marquez, J. A., & Frediani, J. (1995). Race to justice: A racial justice and diversity program for junior high. Boston: Unitarian Universalist Association.

 

Grbic, N., & Wolf, M. (1997). Text, Kultur, Kommunikation: Translation als Forschungsaufgabe : Festschrift aus Anlass des 50jährigen Bestehens des Instituts für Übersetzer- und Dolmetscherausbildung an der Universität Graz. Tübingen: Stauffenburg.

 

Green, P. (2000). Alunni immigrati nelle scuole europee: Dall´accoglienza al successo scolastico. Trento: Edizione Erickson.

 

Greig, S., Pike, G., & Selby, D. (1989). Greenprints for changing schools. London, Eng.: Kogan Page.

 

Grevious, S. C. (1993). Ready-to-use multicultural activities for primary children. Center for Applied Res. in Educ.

 

Grewal, I. (1996). Home and harem. Nation, gender, empire, and the cultures of travel. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

 

Griffith, D., & Lankshear, D. W. (1996). Respect for all developing anti-racist policies in a Church school. London: The National Society.

 

Griffiths, H. B., & Howson, A. G. (1974). Mathematics society and curricula. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

 

Griffiths, M. (Ed.). (1995). Antiracism, culture and social justice in education. Stoke-on-Trent: Trentham Books.

 

Grossen, M., & Py, B. (1997). Pratiques sociales et médiations simboliques. Berna: Peter Lang.

 

Grossman, H. (1994). Teaching in a diverse society. London: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Grossman, H. (1995). Teaching in a diverse society. London: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Grove, C. L. (1976). Communications across cultures. Washington: National Education Association.

 

Grubb, H. J., & Ollendick, T. H. (1986). Cultural-Distance Perspective: An Exploratory Analysis of Its Effect on Learning and Intelligence. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 10(4), 399-414.

 

Grugeon, E., & Woods, P. (1990). Educating all: Multicultural perspectives in the primary school. London New York: Routledge.

 

Guarasci, R., & Cornwell, G. H. (1997). Democratic education in an age of difference redefining citizenship in higher education. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers.

 

Gudykunst, W. B. (1998). Applying Anxiety/Uncertainty Management (Aum) Theory to Intercultural Adjustment Training. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 22(2), 227-250.

 

Gudykunst, W. B., Tingtoomey, S., & Wiseman, R. L. (1991). Taming the Beast: Designing a Course in Intercultural Communication. Communication Education, 40(3), 272-285.

 

Guilbert, L., Labrie, N., & D´Amours, I. (1990). Identité ethnique et interculturalité: État de la recherche en ethnologie et en sociolinguistique. Québec: CELAT, Université Laval.

 

Gumbert, E. B. (Ed.). (1983). Different people studies in ethnicity and education. Atlanta, Ga.: Center for Cross-cultural Education, College of Education, Georgia State University.

 

Gumbert, E. B. (Ed.). (1985). A World of strangers international education in the United States, Russia, Britain, and India. Atlanta, Ga.: Center for Cross-cultural Education, College of Education, Georgia State University.

 

Gumbert, E. B., Raynor, J. M., Safa, H. I., & Young, L. (1983). Different people: Studies in ethnicity and education. Atlanta, Ga.: Center for Cross-cultural Education, College of Education, Georgia State University.

 

Gumperz, J. J. (1982). Discourse strategies. Cambridge (Cambridgeshire New York: Cambridge University Press.

 

Gumperz, J. J. (1982). Language and social identity. Cambridge (England New York: Cambridge University Press.

 

Gumperz, J. J. (1989). Sociolinguistique interactionnelle: Une approche interpretative. La Réunion: Université de la Réunion L´Harmattan.

 

Gumperz, J. J. (Ed.). (1982). Language and social identity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

 

Gundara, J. S. (Ed.). (2000). Intercultural Europe diversity and social policy. Aldershot Burlington, Vt.: Ashgate/Arena.

 

Gunew, S. (1994). Framing marginality. Multicultural literary studies. Melbourne University Press.

 

Gunew, S., & Mahyuddin, J. (Eds.). (1988). Beyond the echo. Multicultural women´s writing. University of Qld. Press.

 

Gustavsson, S., & Svanberg, I. (1986). Jugoslavien i april 1984: Rapport från en multietnisk resa till Jugoslavien den 13-27 april 1984. Uppsala: Centre for Multiethnic Research, Uppsala University, Faculty (of) Arts.

 

Gutierrez-Clellen, V. F., Pena, E., & Quinn, R. (1995). Accommodating Cultural Differences in Narrative Style: A Multicultural Perspective. Topics in Language Disorders, 15(4), 54-67.

 

Haberman, M., & Post, L. (1998). Teachers for Multicultural Schools: The Power of Selection. Theory Into Practice, 37(2), 96-104.

 

Halabi, R. (2000). Di alog ben zehuyot mifgeshe  Arvim vi-Yehudim be-Neveh Shalom. (Israel): ha-Kibuts ha-me uhad.

 

Halabi, R. (2000). Di´alog ben zehuyot: Mifgeshe ´Arvim vi-Yehudim be-Neveh Shalom. Israel: ha-Kibuts ha-me´uhad.

 

Hall, P. H., & Gudykunst, W. B. (1989). The Relationship of Perceived Ethnocentrism in Corporate Cultures to the Selection, Training, and Success of International Employees. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 13(2), 183-201.

 

Hall, P. M. (Ed.). (1997). Race, ethnicity, and multiculturalism policy and practice. New York: Garland.

 

Hallet, W. (1995). Intercultural Communication through Communicative Translation. Learning Objectives of Translation in English Instruction; Interkulturelle Kommunikation durch kommunikatives Ubersetzen. Lernziele des Ubersetzens im schulischen Englischunterricht. anglistik und englischunterricht, 55-56, 277-312.

 

Halli, S. S. (Ed.). (1990). Ethnic demography: Canadian immigrant, racial and cultural variations. Ottawa: Carleton University Press.

 

Halse, C. M., & Baumgart, N. L. (2000). Cross-Cultural Perspectives of Teachers: A Study in 3 Countries. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 24(4), 455-475.

 

Hamilton, F. E. I., & Iglicka, K. (Eds.). (2000). From homogenity to multiculturalism: Minorities old and new in Poland. London: School of Slavonic and East European Studies.

 

Hamilton, S., & Mahoney, M. (1993). Speak it! from the heart of Black Nova Scotia. Montreal, PQ: National Film Board of Canada.

 

Hamm, M., & Adams, D. M. (1992). The collaborative dimensions of learning. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

 

Hammer, M. R. (1992). Research, Mission Statements, and International Student Advising Offices. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 16(2), 217-236.

 

Hammersley, M. (Ed.). (1993). Gender and ethnicity in schools ethnographic accounts. London New York: Routledge in association with the Open University.

 

Hammersley, M., & Woods, P. (Eds.). (1993). Gender and ethnicity in schools: Ethnographic accounts. London New York: Routledge in association with the Open University.

 

Hamnett, M. P. (Ed.). (1980). Research in culture learning: Language and conceptual studies. Honolulu: East-West Culture Learning Institute, East-West Center : distributed by the University Press of Hawaii.

 

Hamnett, M. P., & Brislin, R. W. (Eds.). (1980). Research in culture learning: Language and conceptual studies. Honolulu: East-West Culture Learning Institute, East-West Center : distributed by the University Press of Hawaii.

 

Hampel, D. (2000). Regressive Interimsprache: Langzeitstudie zur Rezeption und Produktion von Laut- und Schriftsprache bei griechischen Remigrantenkindern. Frankfurt am Main: P. Lang.

 

Haney, W. S. (Ed.). (1999). The changing face of English literary and cultural studies in a transnational environment. Lewiston, NY: Edwin Mellen Press.

 

Haney, W. S., & Pagan, N. (Eds.). (1999). The changing face of English literary and cultural studies in a transnational environment. Lewiston, NY: Edwin Mellen Press.

 

Hanks, P. J. (Ed.). (1990). Immigration history and policy, Australia and Canada papers from the conference held on 2 August 1989. Clayton (Vic.): Centre for Migrant and Intercultural Studies, Monash University.

 

Hanna, J. L. (1986). Interethnic communication in children´s own dance, play, and protest. In Young Yun Kim (Ed.), Interethnic communication: Current research. International and intercultural communication annual, Vol. 10. (pp. 176-198). Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

 

Hannigan, T. P. (1990). Traits, Attitudes, and Skills That Are Related to Intercultural Effectiveness and Their Implications for Cross-Cultural Training: A Review of the Literature. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 14(1), 89-111.

 

Hansen, R. (2000). Citizenship and immigration in Post-War Britain the institutional origins of a multicultural nation. Oxford New York: Oxford University Press.

 

Harden, T., Witte, A., & Riou, J. (2000). The notion of intercultural understanding in the context of German as a foreign language. Oxford (England) New York: P. Lang.

 

Harding, V. (1994). Healing the Razor´s Edge: Reflections on a History of Multicultural America. Journal of American History, 81(2), 571-584.

 

Harkins, J. (1994). Bridging two worlds: Aboriginal English and crosscultural understanding. Queensland: University of Queensland Press.

 

Harris, K. R., Graham, S., & Deshler, D. D. (1998). Teaching every child every day learning in diverse schools and classrooms. Cambridge, MA: Brookline Books.

 

Harris, V. J. (Ed.). (1992). Teaching multicultural literature in grades K-8. Norwood, MA: Christopher-Gordon.

 

Hatim, B. (1997). Communication across cultures. Translation theory and contrastive text linguistics. Exeter: University of Exeter Press.

 

Hauff, M. (1993). Falle Nationalstaat die Fiktion des homogenen Nationalstaates und ihre Auswirkungen auf den Umgang mit Minderheiten in Schule und Erziehungswissenschaft. Münster New York: Waxmann.

 

Haumersen, P., & Liebe, F. (1990). Eine schwierige Utopie: Der Prozess interkulturellen Lernens in deutsch-französischen Begegnungen. Berlin: VWB-Verlag für Wissenschaft und Bildung.

 

Hawkins, F. (1991). Critical years in immigration Canada and Australia compared. Montréal: McGill-Queen´s University Press.

 

Hawkins, J. N. (Ed.). (1985). Education and intergroup relations an international perspective. New York: Praeger.

 

Hawkins, J. N., & La Belle, T. J. (Eds.). (1985). Education and intergroup relations: An international perspective. New York: Praeger.

 

Hayden, M. (Ed.). (2000). International schools & international education improving teaching, management & quality. London Sterling, VA: Kogan Page Stylus.

 

Hayes, F. W. (1989). Politics and Education in Americas Multicultural Society: An African-American Studies Response to Bloom, Allan. Journal of Ethnic Studies, 17, 71-88.

 

Hayhoe, R. (Ed.). (1993). Knowledge across cultures: Universities east and west. Toronto: Hubei Education Press OISE Press.

 

Hayhoe, R., & Briks, H. (Eds.). (1993). Knowledge across cultures: Universities East and West. Wuhan, China Toronto, Ont.: Hubei Education Press OISE Press.

 

Hayman, W. C. (Ed.). (1994). Teaching diverse populations formulating a knowledge base. Albany, N.Y.: State University of New York Press.

 

Heath, A. (1995). Windows on the world. Multicultural festivals for schools and libraries. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press.

 

Heikes, E. J. (1999). Toward a Multicultural Imagination: Infusing Ethnicity into the Teaching of Social-Psychology. Teaching Sociology, 27(4), 373-384.

 

Heinderyckx, F. (1998). L´Europe des médias / François Heinderyckx ; préface de Gabriel Thoveron. Bruxelles: Editions de l´Université libre de Bruxelles, Institut de sociologie.

 

Helms, M. W. (1988). Ulysses´ sail an ethnographic odyssey of power, knowledge, and geographical distance. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press.

 

Helms, M. W. (1988). Ulysses´ sail: An ethnographic odyssey of power, knowledge, and geographical distance. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press.

 

Heltshe, M. A., & Kirchner, A. B. (1991). Multicultural explorations. Joyous journeys with books. Teacher Ideas Press.

 

Hemphill, D. F., Pfaffenberger, B. J., & Hockman, B. L. (1989). Career development for new Americans. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

 

Henderson, J. L. (1968). Education for world understanding. Oxford New York: Pergamon Press.

 

Henze, R. C., & Center for Research on Education, D. E. (2001). Leading for diversity how school leaders can improve interethnic relations. Santa Cruz, (Calif.): Center for Research on Education, Diversity & Excellence.

 

Hernández, H. (1989). Multicultural education a teacher´s guide to content and process. Columbus, OH Toronto: Merrill.

 

Hernandez, H. (1989). Multicultural education. A teacher´s guide to content and process. Indianapolis, IN: Bobbsÿ2DMerrill.

 

Hernández, H. (1997). Teaching in multilingual classrooms a teacher´s guide to context, process, and content. Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Merrill.

 

Hernández, H. (2001). Multicultural education a teacher´s guide to linking context process, and content. Columbus, Ohio: Merrill.

 

Hernández Sheets, R. (Ed.). (1999). Racial and ethnic identity in school practices aspects of human development. Mahwah, N.J.: L. Erlbaum Associates.

 

Hess, D. J. (1995). Science and technology in a multicultural world. The cultural politics of facts and artifacts. New York: Columbia University Press.

 

Hessari, R., & Hill, D. (1989). Practical ideas for multicultural learning and teaching in the primary classroom. London: Routledge.

 

Heusinger, R. (2000). Begegnungssprache Kinder Brandenburger Grundschulen begegnen Englisch, Russisch, Französisch und Polnisch in ihrem Unterricht. Weinheim: Deutscher Studien Verlag.

 

Hickcox, E. S., & Lavender, E. (1986). Educational leadership and multicultural programs. (Toronto, Ont.): Dept. of Educational Administration, Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

 

Hicks, D. (1980). Images of the world: An introduction to bias in Teaching materials. London: Center for Multicultural Education, University of London Institute of Education. <Occasional Paper nr. 2. >.

 

Hicks, D. E. (1999). Ninety-five languages and seven forms of intelligence education in the twenty-first century. New York: P. Lang.

 

Hickson, J., & Kriegler, S. (1996). Multicultural counseling in a divided and traumatized society: The meaning of childhood and adolescence in South Africa. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press/Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc.

 

Hierstein, J. (1995). Multilingual dictionary of fish and fish products. Dictionnaire multilingue des poissons et produits de la peche. Schaffer Publishers.

 

Higginson, J. H. (1987). A school is born. Lewes: Book Guild.

 

Hilgers, T., Wunsch, M., & Chattergy, V. (Eds.). (1992). Academic literacies in multicultural higher education. Selected essays. University of Hawaii at Manoa. Center for Studies of Multicultural Higher Educ.

 

Hirsch, E. D. (1987). Cultural literacy. What every American needs to know. Boston, MA: Houghton Mifflin.

 

Hirsch, E. D. (1988). Cultural literacy. What every American needs to know. New York, NY: Vintage.

 

Hirsch, E. D., Kett, J. F., & Trefil, J. S. (1987). Cultural literacy: What every American needs to know. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

 

Hirsch, E. D., Kett, J. F., & Trefil, J. S. (1988). Cultural literacy: What every American needs to know. New York: Vintage Books.

 

Ho, C. (1992). Race relations, ethnic relations, and multicultural policy school survey: Executive summary. Scarborough, Ont.: Program Dept., Research Centre, Scarborough Board of Education.

 

Hodson, D. (1994). ”In search of a rationale for multicultural science education”: Response. Science Education, 78(5), 521-525.

 

Hoehn, A. J. (1968). The need for innovative approaches for training in inter-cultural interaction. (Alexandria, Va.): George Washington University, Human Resources Research Office.

 

Hoffman, D. M. (1990). Beyond Conflict: Culture, Self, and Intercultural Learning Among Iranians in the United-States. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 14(3), 275-299.

 

Hoffman, D. M. (1996). Culture and self in multicultural education: Reflections on discourse, text, and practice. American Educational Research Journal, 33(3), 545-569.

 

Hoffman, M., & Schwarzwald, J. (1987). Moderating Effects of Educational Standing on Interethnic Relations in the Classroom. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 11(4), 357-367.

 

Hoffmann, I., & Hoffmann, D. (1996). Intercultural Learning Processes in Literature Instruction with Russian Students; Interkulturelle Lernprozesse beim Literaturunterricht mit russischen Studierenden. Zielsprache Deutsch, 27(4), 185-190.

 

Hofstede, G. (1986). Cultural-Differences in Teaching and Learning. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 10(3), 301-320.

 

Holland, T. P., & Kilpatrick, A. C. (1993). Using Narrative Techniques to Enhance Multicultural Practice. Journal of Social Work Education, 29(3), 302-308.

 

Hollins, E. R. (1996). Culture in school learning: Revealing the deep meaning. Mahwah, N.J.: L. Erlbaum.

 

Hollins, E. R. (Ed.). (1996). Transforming curriculum for a culturally diverse society. Mahwah, N.J.: L. Erlbaum Associates.

 

Hollins, E. R. (Ed.). (1999). Pathways to success in school culturally responsive teaching. Mahwah, N.J.: L. Erlbaum Associates.

 

Hollins, E. R., King, J. E., & Hayman, W. C. (Eds.). (1994). Teaching diverse populations. Formulating a knowledge base. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Holmes, A. (Ed.). (1990). The Aged, ethnicity and information : Proceedings of a three day pre IFLA seminar held at St. Mary´s College, University of Melbourne, 22-24 August 1988. Melbourne: Working Group on Multicultural Library Services (Victoria).

 

Holmes, A., Rasmussen, R., & Whitehead, D. (Eds.). (1981). Multiculturalism and libraries. Proceedings of the National Conference on Multiculturalism and Libraries held at Normanby House, Monash University, 7-11 November, 1980. Northcote City Lib.

 

Holmes, B. (1980). Diversity and unity in education a comparative analysis /edited by Brian Holmes. --. --. London: Allen & Unwin, 1980..

 

Holmes, D. R. (2000). Integral Europe: Fast-capitalism, multiculturalism, neofascism. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press.

 

Holmes, J. (1982). Language for Learning: Education in the Multicultural School. Wellington: Department of Education. Pp. 55.

 

Holt, R. F. (Ed.). (1991). Neighbours. Multicultural writing of the 1980s. University of Qld. Press.

 

Honor, M. (1996). Enseigner et apprendre dans une classe multiculturelle. Lyon: Chronique Sociale.

 

Hood, A. B., & Arceneaux, C. (1987). Multicultural counseling: Will what you don´t know help you? Counselor Education and Supervision, 26(3), 173-175.

 

Hood, B. (1982). Exploring likenesses and differences with film. (Ottawa): National Film Board.

 

Hoopes, D. (1979). Intercultural communication concepts and the psychology of intercultural experience. In M. Pusch (Ed.), Multicultural education: A cross-cultural training approach. LaGrange Park, IL: Intercultural Network.

 

Hoopes, D. S. (Ed.). (1975). The Intercultural communication workshop. Pittsburgh: Intercultural Communications Network, Society for Intercultural Education, Training and Research, University of Pittsburgh.

 

Hoopes, D. S. (Ed.). (1977). Overview of intercultural education, training, and research. Washington La Grange Park, Ill.: Society for Intercultural Education, Training, and Research, Georgetown University distributed by Intercultural Network.

 

Hopson, D. P., Hopson, D. S., & Clavin, T. (1993). Raising the rainbow generation. Teaching your children to be successful in a multicultural society. New York: Simon & Schuster.

 

Hoskin, M. B. (Ed.). (1991). Education for democratic citizenship a challenge for multi-ethnic societies. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

 

Houbé-Müller, D. (1996). Randständige Immigrantenkinder in Schulklassen qualitative Analyse der sozialen Bedingungen und deren personaler Bewältigung. Bern: Verlag Paul Haupt.

 

Houlton, D. (1985). All our languages a handbook for the multilingual classroom. London: Hodder & Stoughton.

 

Houlton, D. (1986). Cultural diversity in the primary school. London: Batsford.

 

Houlton, D. (1987). Your multicultural school. New Educ. Press.

 

Hourigan, M. M. (1994). Literacy as social exchange. Intersections of class, gender, and culture. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Howard, G. R. (1999). We can´t teach what we don´t know: White teachers, multiracial schools. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Howe, K. R. (1997). Understanding equal educational opportunity social justice, democracy, and schooling. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Huber-Bowen, T. (1993). Teaching in the diverse classroom learner-centered activities that work. Bloomington, IN: National Educational Service.

 

Hudson, T., Detmer, E., & Brown, J. D. (1992). A framework for testing cross-cultural pragmatics. Manoa: Second Language Teaching & Curriculum Center, University of Hawaii at Manoa.

 

Hughes, M. (2001). Linking home and school mathematics. In Van den Heuvel-Panhuizen (Ed.), Proceedings of the 25th Psychology of Mathematics Education Conference, vol. 1 (pp. 5-8). Utrecht: University of Utrecht.

 

Hugheswiener, G. (1986). The Learning How to Learn Approach to Cross-Cultural Orientation. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 10(4), 485-505.

 

Hulmes, E. (1989). Education and cultural diversity. London: Longman.

 

Hunfeld, H., Kubanek-German, A., & Piepho, H. E. (1998). ”I beg to differ” Beiträge zum sperrigen interkulturellen Nachdenken über eine Welt in Frieden : Festschrift für Hans Hunfeld. München: iudicium verlag.

 

Hunter, W. A. (1974). Multicultural education through competency-based teacher education. Washington: American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education.

 

Husén, T. (Ed.). (1983). Multicultural and multilingual education in immigrant countries proceedings of an international symposium held at the Wenner-Gren Center, Stockholm, August 2 and 3, 1982. Oxford (Oxfordshire) New York: Pergamon Press.

 

Husen, T., & Opper, S. (Eds.). (1983). Multicultural and multilingual education in immigrant countries. Proceedings of an international symposium held at the Wenner-Gren Center, Stockholm, August 2 and 3, 1982. Oxford: Pergamon.

 

Hutcheon, L. (Ed.). (1990). Other solitudes Canadian multicultural fictions. Toronto: Oxford University Press.

 

Hyun, E. (1998). Making sense of developmentally and culturally appropriate practice (DCAP) in early childhood education. New York: P. Lang.

 

Hyuraitsu Osaka. (1998). Towareru tabunka kyosei kyoiku, chiiki, hoseido no shiten kara. Osaka-shi: Ajia Taiheiyo Jinken Joho Senta Hatsubaimoto Kaiho Shuppansha.

 

Igoa, C. (1995). The inner world of the immigrant child. New York: St. Martins Press.

 

Ijaz, M. A. (1981). Study on ethnic attitudes of elementary school children toward Blacks and East Indians a report to the Scarborough Board of Education. (Scarborough, Ont.: The Board).

 

Ilukol, M. (1990). Child of the Karimojong. South Melborne: Macmillan.

 

Imhoff, G. (Ed.). (1990). Learning in two languages. From conflict to consensus in the reorganization of schools. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.

 

Indiana University. (1985). In search of mutual understanding a classroom approach to Japan. --. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University, Social Studies Development Center and the Center for Teaching International Relations.

 

Inglis, M. (1993). The Communicator Style Measure Applied to Nonnative Speaking Teaching Assistants. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 17(1), 89-105.

 

Institut de recherches et d´études sur le monde arabe et musulman. (1989). Immigration et école la pluralité culturelle. Aix-en-Provence: Institut de recherches et d´études sur le monde arabe et musulman Groupe d´études et d´échanges monde arabe et musulman.

 

Institute of International Education. (1950). Building roads to peace exchange of people between the United States and other countries. (Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off..

 

InterCulture Associates. F. H., & Ferguson, J. M. (1970). Village life study kit. Thompson, Conn.: Interculture Associates.

 

Intergroup Education in Cooperating Schools (Project). (1948). Literature for human understanding. Washington: American Council on Education.

 

Intergroup Education in Cooperating Schools (Project). H. M. M. (1948). Reading ladders for human relations. Washington: American Council on Education.

 

International Bureau of Education. (1968). International understanding as an integral part of the school curriculum. Research in comparative education. Geneva: International Bureau of Education.

 

Iram, Y. (2001). Tsematim arakhim ve-hinukh ba-hevrah ha-Yi sre elit. Yerushalayim: Mi srad ha-hinukh, Lishkat ha-mad anit ha-rashit.

 

Iriye, A. (1997). Cultural internationalism and world order. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press.

 

Irvine, J. M. (1995). Sexuality education across cultures working with differences. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers.

 

Irvine, J. M. (1995). Sexuality education across cultures. Working with differences. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

 

Isajiw, W. W. (1999). Understanding diversity: Ethnicity and race in the Canadian context. Toronto: Thompson Educational.

 

Ishikawa, T. (1993). Watakushi no yume watakushi no kiseki. Tokyo: Keio Tsushin.

.

 

Ishizuki, M. (1992). Sekai to deau Nihon no kyoiku. Tokyo: Kyoiku Kaihatsu Kenkyujo.

 

Isogai, T. Y., Hayashi, Y., & Uno, M. (1999). Identity Issues and Reentry Training. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 23(3), 493-525.

 

Isralowitz, R. E. (Ed.). (1994). Immigration and absorption issues in a multicultural perspective : Proceedings of the UCLA/BGU conference on immigration, May 1991. Beer Sheva, Israel: Hubert H. Humphrey Institute for Social Ecology, Ben Gurion University of the Negev.

 

Jackson, S. (Ed.). (1995). Beyond comfort zones in multiculturalism confronting the politics of privilege. Westport, Conn.: Bergin & Garvey.

 

Jackson, S. (Ed.). (1999). I´ve got a story to tell identity and place in the academy. New York: P. Lang.

 

Jackson, S., & Solis, J. (Eds.). (1995). Beyond comfort zones in multiculturalism. Confronting the politics of privilege. Westport, CT: Bergin & Garvey/Greenwood.

 

Jacob, B. A. (1995). Defining culture in a mutlicultural environment: An ethnography of Heritage High School. American Journal of Education, 103(4), 339-376.

 

Jacobs, R. (1996). Just How Hard Is It to Learn ASL? The Case for ASL as a Truly Foreign Language. In Lucas, Ceil (Ed.), Multicultural Aspects of Sociolinguistics in Deaf Communities. (pp. 183-226). Washington, DC: Gallaudet University Press.

 

James, C. E. (1989). Seeing ourselves: Exploring race, ethnicity and culture. Oakville, Ont.: Instructional and Human Resource Development, Sheridan College.

 

James, C. E. (1995). Seeing ourselves: Exploring race, ethnicity & culture. Toronto: Thompson Educational Publishing.

 

Jarvis, J. (1992). Inventory of aboriginal policing programs in Canada. Ottawa, Ont.: Solicitor General Canada.

 

Jasmine, J. (1995). Addressing diversity in the classroom. Westminster, CA: Teacher Created Materials.

 

Jayasuriya, L. (1987). Immigration policies and ethnic relations in Australia and Australian multicultural education in a comparative perspective. Perth: Department of Social Work and Social Administration, University of Western Australia.

 

Jayasuriya, L., & Kee, P. K. (1999). The Asianisation of Australia? some facts about the myths. Carlton South, Vic.: Melbourne University Press.

 

Jean, G. (1997). O racismo contado às crianças. Lisboa: Terramar

 

 

Jeffcoate, R. (1979). Positive image towards a multiracial curriculum. London, Eng.: Writers and Readers Publishing Cooperative, in Association with Chameleon.

 

Jeffrey, R. (Ed.). (1989). Thinking globally teacher-student activities in multicultural/development education : A project. (Calgary, Alberta: Faculty of Education Publications Office.

 

Jennings, R. (Ed.). (1993). Fire in the eyes of youth. The humanities in American education. Occasional Press.

 

Jensen, K. A., & Haastrup, N. (1983). Kontrastiv hverdag: Et alternativt ”Landeskunde”-seminar. Roskilde, Denmark: Roskilde universitetscenter.

 

Jew, A., Koenig, W., Lee, S. Y., & Ritco, P. (1991). Playing fair : Hey, Kelly! Montreal, PQ: National Film Board of Canada.

 

Jobe, R. (1993). Cultural connections using literature to explore world cultures with children. Markham, Ont.: Pembroke Publishers.

 

John, M. E. (1996). Discrepant dislocations: Feminism, theory, and postcolonial histories. Berkeley, Calif.: University of California Press.

 

Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (2002). Multicultural education and human relations valuing diversity. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Johnson, L., &1944- F. (Ed.). (1993). Dealing with diversity through multicultural fiction. Library-classroom partnerships. American Lib. Assn.

 

Johnson, L., & Smith, S. (1993). Dealing with diversity through multicultural fiction. Library-classroom partnerships. American Lib. Assn.

 

Jones, E. E., & Thorne, A. (1995). Rediscovery of the subject: Intercultural approaches to clinical assessment. In Nancy Rule Goldberger, & Jody Bennet Veroff (Eds.), The culture and psychology reader. (pp. 720-740). New York, NY: New York University Press.

 

Jones, K. (Ed.). (1992). English and the national curriculum. Cox´s revolution?. Kogan Page.

 

Jones, L., & Nidenoff, M. (2000). Kids around the world celebrate! the best feasts and festivals from many lands. New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc..

 

Jones, R. (1999). Teaching racism, or tackling it? multicultural stories from white beginning teachers. Stoke-on-Trent, Straffordshire, England: Trentham.

 

Jones, R. (1999). Teaching racism - or tackling it? multicultural stories from white beginning teachers. Stoke-on-Trent: Trentham.

 

Joppke, C. (1995). Multiculturalism and immigration A comparison of the United States, Germany, and Britain. Florence: European University Institute. .

 

Jordan, S., & Purves, A. C. (1993). Issues in the responses of students to culturally diverse texts a preliminary study. Albany, NY: National Research Center on Literature Teaching and Learning, University of Albany, State University of New York.

 

Jorgensen, S., & Whiteson, V. L. (1993). Personal themes in literature. The multicultural experience. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

 

Joseph, J.J. (1992). The crest of the peacock: Non-European roots of mathematics. London: Penguin.

 

Joy, C. (Ed.). (1987). The International development crisis and American education challenges, opportunities, and instructional strategies. New York, N.Y.: Global Perspectives in Education.

 

Joy, F. (1996). Exploring cultures and their stories stories from Uganda, Bolivia, Sri Lanka, Korea, Bulgaria, Germany, and Macedonia. Torrance, Calif.: Frank Schaffer Publications.

 

Joy, F. (1996). Investigating cultures and their stories stories from Australia, Iceland, Native America, Ireland, Romania, Denmark, and India. Torrance, Calif.: Frank Schaffer Publications.

 

Joyce, J. (1988). The development of an anti-racist policy in Leeds. Educational and Child Psychology, 5(2), 44-50.

 

Julia, M. (2000). Student Perceptions of Culture: An Integral-Part of Social-Work-Practice. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 24(2), 279-289.

 

Jung, H. (1989). Yol, The Question of Rationality and the Basic Grammar of Intercultural Texts. Tokyo: International University of Japan..

 

Jupp, J., McRobbie, A., & York, B. (1990). Metropolitan ghettoes and ethnic concentrations. Wollongong, N.S.W.: Centre for Multicultural Studies, University of Wollongong for the Office of Multicultural Affairs, Dept. of the Prime Minister and Cabinet.

 

Jurak, M. (1988). Cross-cultural studies: American, Canadian and European literature, 1945-1985. Ljubljana: English Department, Filozofska fakulteta, Edvard Kardelj University of Ljubljana.

 

Kach, N. (Ed.). (1986). Multiculturalism, perspectives and reactions. Edmonton: Dept. of Educational Foundations, University of Alberta.

 

Kachru, B. B. (1990). The alchemy of English: The spread, functions, and models of non-native Englishes. Urbana: University of Illinois Press.

 

Kachru, B. B. (1992). The Other tongue: English across cultures. Urbana: University of Illinois Press.

 

Kachru, B. B. (Ed.). (1992). The Other tongue: English across cultures. Urbana: University of Illinois Press.

 

Kahaney, P. (Ed.). (2001). Contested terrain diversity, writing, and knowledge. Ann Arbor (MI): University of Michigan Press.

 

Kailin, J. (1994). Anti-racist staff development for teachers: Considerations of race, class, and gender. Teaching and Teacher Education, 10(2), 169-184.

.

 

Kailin, J. (2002). Antiracist education from theory to practice. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

 

Kalantzis, M. (1990). Cultures of schooling. Pedagogies for cultural difference and social access. London: Falmer Press.

 

Kalantzis, M., & Cope, B. (1987). Why we need multicultural education: A review of the ´ethnic disadvantage´ debate. Annandale NSW: Common Ground Publishing.

 

Kalderon, N. (2000). Pluralistim be-´al korham: ´al ribui ha-tarbuyot shel ha-Yisre´elim. Hefah Tel-Aviv: Hotsa´at ha-sefarim shel Universitat Hefah Zemorah-Bitan.

 

Kamal, A. A., & Maruyama, G. (1990). Cross-Cultural Contact and Attitudes of Qatari Students in the United-States. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 14(2), 123-134.

 

Kamboureli, S. (Ed.). (1996). Making a difference. Canadian multicultural literature. New York, NY: Oxford University Press.

 

Kamp, S. H., & Chinn, P. C. (1982). A multiethnic curriculum for special education students. Reston, Va.: Council for Exceptional Children.

 

Kamper van den Boogaart, M. (1996). On Uneasiness with Books for Children and Youth That Have an Intercultural Objective; Vom Unbehagen an Kinder- und Jugendbuchern mit interkulturellem Auftrag. Lernen in Deutschland, 16(1), 7-15.

 

Kanpol, B. (Ed.). (1995). Critical multiculturalism uncommon voices in a common struggle. Westport, Conn.: Bergin & Garvey.

 

Kanpol, B., & McLaren, P. (Eds.). (1995). Critical multiculturalism. Uncommon voices in a common struggle. Westport, CT: Bergin & Garvey/Greenwood.

 

Kaplan, R. B. (1987). Cultural thought patterns in intercultural communication. Language learning, XVI, 1-20.

 

Karpf, E., & Kiesel, D. (1997). Migrationsbewältigung neue Orientierungen in der politischen Bildung Jugendlicher. Frankfurt am Main: Haag + Herchen.

 

Karttunen, F. E. (1994). Between worlds: Interpreters, guides, and survivors. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press.

 

Kaschula, R., & Anthonissen, C. (1995). Communicating across cultures in South Africa: Toward a critical language awareness. Johannesburg: Hodder & Stoughton Witwatersrand University Press.

 

Kästner, H. (1999). Die deutsch-französische Zusammenarbeit im Bildungswesen Sammlung der Beschlüsse der deutsch-französischen Zusammenarbeit in den Bereichen Schule, berufliche Bildung und Hochschule auf der Grundlage des deutsch-französischen Vertrages. Bonn: Europa Union Verlag.

 

Katsiaficas, G. N., & Kiros, T. (1998). The promise of multiculturalism education and autonomy in the 21st century : A new political science reader. New York: Routledge.

 

Katz, M. L. (2000). Workplace Language Teaching and the Intercultural Construction of Ideologies of Competence. Canadian Modern Language Review-Revue Canadienne des Langues Vivantes, 57(1), 144-172.

 

Katz, M. S. (Ed.). (1999). Justice and caring the search for common ground in education. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Kealey, D. J., & Protheroe, D. R. (1996). Effectiveness of Cross-Cultural Training for Expatriates: An Assessment of the Literature on the Issue. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 20(2), 141-165.

 

Keaten, J., Kelly, L., & Pribyl, C. B. (1997). Compression Apprehension in Japan: Grade School Through Secondary-School. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 21(3), 319-343.

 

Kee, A. M., & Mahoney, J. R. (Eds.). (1995). Multicultural strategies for community colleges. American Assn. of Community Colleges.

 

Keel, P. (1994). Assessment in the multi-ethnic primary classroom. London: Trentham Books.

 

Kehoe, D. (Ed.). (1985). Words into action: Race-ethnic relations in large urban school boards. Downsview, Ont.: Urban Studies Programme, Division of Social Science, York University.

 

Kehoe, J. (1984). Achieving cultural diversity in Canadian schools. Cornwall, Ont.: Vesta Publications.

 

Kehoe, J. W. (1984). Multicultural Canada. Vancouver, B.C.: Public Issues in Canada Project, Faculty of Education, University of British Columbia.

 

Kehoe, J. W., & Hébert, Y. M. (1984). A handbook for enhancing the multicultural climate of the school. Vancouver: Western Education Development Group, Faculty of Education, University of British Columbia.

 

Kelly, D. H. (1986). Bilingual/multicultural education in Canada interpretation and bibliography. Buffalo: Comparative Education Center, Faculty of Educational Studies, State University of New York at Buffalo.

 

Kelly, M., Elliott, I., & Fant, L. (2001). Third level, third space intercultural communication and language in European higher education. Bern New York: P. Lang.

 

Kelly, W. (Ed.). (1993). A trip around the world extended thematic unit. Huntington Beach, CA: Teacher Created Materials.

 

Kendall, F. E. (1983). Diversity in classroom: a multicultural approach to the education of young children. New York : Teachers College Press.

 

Kendall, F. E. (1983). Diversity in the classroom. A multicultural approach to the education of young children. New York, NY: Teachers College Press.

 

Kendall, F. E. (1996). Diversity in the classroom new approaches to the education of young children. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Kennedy, B. P. (Ed.). (1991). Language issues in literacy and bilingual/multicultural education. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Educational Review.

 

Kennedy, M. M. (Ed.). (1991). Teaching academic subjects to diverse learners. New York, NY: Teachers College Press.

 

Kenney, G. E. (1994). Multicultural investigation of counseling expectations and preferences. Journal of College Student Psychotherapy, 9(1), 21-39.

 

Kenrick, D. (1998). Da Índia ao Mediterrâneo: a migração dos ciganos. Lisboa: Secretariado Coordenador dos Programas de Educação Multicultural.

 

Kenrick, D., & Puxon, G. (1998). Os ciganos sob o domínio da suástica. Lisboa: Secretariado Coordenador dos Programas de Educação Multicultural.

 

Keys, P. R. (Ed.). (1994). School social workers in the multicultural environment. New roles, responsibilities and educational enrichment. New York, NY: Haworth Press.

 

Kheshti, R. (Ed.). (1998). Democracy and ethnography: Constructing identities in multicultural liberal states. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Kidder, L. H. (1992). Requirements for being ”Japanese”: Stories of returnees. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 16(4), 383-393.

 

Kierstead, F., & Wagner, P. A. (1993). The ethical, legal, and multicultural foundations of teaching. Dubuque, IA: Brown & Benchmark.

 

Kilbride, K. M., & Cech, M. (1990). Multicultural early childhood education a resource kit. (Toronto): Ministry of Community and Social Services.

 

Kim, H., Rendon, L., & Valadez, J. (1998). Student Characteristics, School Characteristics, and Educational Aspirations of 6 Asian-American Ethnic-Groups. Journal of Multicultural Counseling and Development, 26(3), 166-176.

 

Kim, M. S. (1995). Toward a theory of conversational constraints: Focusing on individual dimensions of culture. In Richard L. Wiseman (Ed.), Intercultural communication theory. International and intercultural communication annual, Vol. 19. (pp. 148-169). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

 

Kim, M.S., Sharkey, W., Singelis, T. (1994). The relationship between individual´s self construals and perceived importance of interactive constraints. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 18, 1-24.

 

Kim, M. S., Sharkey, W. F., & Singelis, T. M. (1994). The Relationship between Individuals´ Self-Construals and Perceived Importance of Interactive Constraints. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 18(1), 117-140.

 

Kincade, K. M., & Pruitt, N. E. (1996). Using Multicultural Literature as an Ally to Elementary Social-Studies Texts. Reading Research and Instruction, 36(1), 18-32.

 

Kincheloe, J. L., & Steinberg, S. R. (1997). Changing multiculturalism. Buckingham (England) Philadelphia: Open University Press.

 

King, A. S. (Ed.). (1993). The Multicultural dimension of the national curriculum. London Washington, D.C.: Falmer Press.

 

King, A. S., & Reiss, M. J. (Eds.). (1993). The Multicultural dimension of the national curriculum. London: Falmer Press.

 

King, E. W. (1980). Teaching ethnic awareness: Methods and materials for the elementary school. Santa Monica, Calif.: Goodyear Co..

 

King, E. W., Chipman, M., & Cruz-Janzen, M. (1994). Educating young children in a diverse society. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

King, J. E. (Ed.). (1997). Preparing teachers for cultural diversity. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Kingston-Mann, E. (Ed.). (2001). Achieving against the odds how academics become teachers of diverse students. Philadelphia (PA): Temple University Press.

 

Kirpal, P. (1991). Education and international cultural cooperation. New Delhi: Vikas House Pvt Ltd.

 

Kiselica, M. S. (Ed.). (1999). Confronting prejudice and racism during multicultural training. Alexandria, Va.: ACA.

 

Klein, G. (1982). Resources for multicultural education an introduction. York, Yorkshire: Longman for Schools Council.

 

Klein, G. (1993). Education towards race equality. London New York, NY: Cassell.

 

Kleinfeld, J. (Ed.). (1992). Kathy a case of innovative mathematics teaching in a multicultural classroom. Fairbanks: Center for Cross-Cultural Studies, University of Alaska Fairbanks.

 

Kleinfeld, M. S., & Warner, N. (1996). Variation in the Deaf Community: Gay, Lesbian, and Bisexual Signs. In Lucas, Ceil (Ed.), Multicultural Aspects of Sociolinguistics in Deaf Communities. (pp. 3-35). Washington, DC: Gallaudet University Press.

 

Kleinjans, E. (1972). On culture learning. Honolulu: East-West Center.

 

Klonsky, R. L., & Gelston, E. R. (1989). Our umbrella of friendship. New York, N.Y.: Anti-Defamation Leaque of B´nai B´rith.

 

Knapp, K., & International Society for Intercultural Education, T. R. (1999). Meeting the intercultural challenge: Effective approaches in research, education, training and business. Sternenfels: Verlag Wissenschaft & Praxis.

 

Kobayashi, T., & Ebuchi, K. (1985). Tabunka kyoiku no hikaku kenkyu kyoiku ni okeru bunkateki doka to tayoka. Fukuoka-shi: Kyushu Daigaku Shuppankai.

 

Kobayashi, T., & Ebuchi, K. (1993). Tabunka kyoiku no hikaku kenkyu kyoiku ni okeru bunkateki doka to tayoka. Fukuoka-shi: Kyushu Daigaku Shuppankai.

 

Kochman, T. (1981). Black and white styles in conflict. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

 

Koenig, W., Mosionier, B., Obomsawin, A., & Ritco, P. (1991). Playing fair : Walker. Montreal, PQ: National Film Board of Canada.

 

Koester, J., & Lustig, M. W. (1991). Communication Curricula in the Multicultural University. Communication Education, 40(3), 250-254.

 

Kohls, L. R. (1987). 4 Traditional Approaches to Developing Cross-Cultural Preparedness in Adults: Education, Training, Orientation, and Briefing. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 11(1), 89-106.

 

Kohls, L. R., & Knight, J. M. (1994). Developing intercultural awareness. A cross-cultural training handbook. Yarmouth: Intercultural Press.

 

Kong, S. L. (Ed.). (1986). Multicultural education programmes and methods. Kingston (Ont.): Intercultural Social Sciences Publication.

 

Konstantellou, E. (1996). Formation of religious and ethnic identity in Greek-American schools and the challenge of multiculturalism. In John T. Chirban (Ed.), Personhood: Orthodox Christianity and the connection between body, mind, and soul. (pp. 168-172). Westport, CT: Bergin & Garvey/Greenwood Publishing Group.

 

Koole, T., & ten-Thije, J. D. (1994). The Construction of Intercultural Discourse: Team Discussions of Educational Advisers. Amsterdam: Rodopi.

 

Koole, T., & Thije, J. D. (1994). The construction of intercultural discourse: Team discussions of educational advisers. Amsterdam: Rodopi.

 

Koopmans, R. (Ed.). (2000). Challenging immigration and ethnic relations politics comparative European perspectives. Oxford ; New York: Oxford University Press.

 

Koprinarov, L., & Institut po kulturoznanie (Sofia, B. (1998). Tolerantnost i interkulturnost. Sofiia: In-t po kulturoznanie.

 

Kosowski, M. M., Grams, K. M., Taylor, G. J., & Wilson, C. B. (2001). They Took the Time.. They Started to Care: Stories of African-American Nursing-Students in Intercultural Caring Groups. Advances in Nursing Science, 23(3), 11-27.

 

Kotthoff, H. (1991). Causes of Learner´s Linguistic and Intercultural Irritations. Concessions and Disagreement in German, Anglo-American, and Native-Nonnative Conversations; Lernersprachliche und interkulturelle Ursachen fur kommunikative Irritationen. Zugestandnisse und Dissens in deutschen, anglo-amerikanischen und in nativ-nichtnativen Gesprachen. Linguistische Berichte, 135, 375-397.

 

Kottler, J. A. (1997). What´s really said in the teacher´s lounge: Provocative ideas about cultures and classrooms. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press.

 

Kozma, T., & Schleicher, K. (1992). Ethnocentrism in education. Frankfurt am Main New York: P. Lang.

 

Krainer, A. (1996). Educación bilingüe intercultural en el Ecuador. Quito, Ecuador: Ediciones Abya-Yala.

 

Kralt, J., & Pendakur, R. (1991). Ethnicity, immigration & language transfer. (Ottawa): Multiculturalism and Citizenship Canada.

 

Kramer, M., & Weiner, S. (1994). Dialogues for diversity: Community and ethnicity on campus. Phoenix, Ariz.: Oryx Press.

 

Kramer, M. A., & Weiner, S. S. (1994). Dialogues for diversity. Community and ethnicity on campus. Oryx Press.

 

Kramer, M. A., Weiner, S. S., & Western Association of Schools and Colleges/Accrediting Commission for Senior Colleges and Universities A. S. A. (1994). Dialogues for diversity. Community and ethnicity on campus. Oryx Press.

 

Kranz, S. N. (1969). Evaluation of the transcultural seminar on tradition and change on values in the twentieth century. (New York: Center for Urban Education).

 

Krause, M. C. (2000). Multicultural mathematics materials. Reston, Va.: National Council of Teachers of Mathematics.

 

Kruger, W. J. (1986). Intertaal/kultuur-kommunikasie in die Oos-Kaap. Port Elizabeth, South Africa: Universiteit van Port Elizabeth.

 

Ku zmi nska, R. (1998). Socjolingwistyczne i kulturoznawcze elementy w nauczaniu jezyków obcych w aspekcie jednoczacej sie Europy material IX Miedzynarodowej Konferencji Naukowo-Dydaktycznej, 8-11 pa zdziernika 1998 r. Wroclw: Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wroclwskiej.

 

Kuharets, O. R. (2001). Venture into cultures a resource book of multicultural materials and programs. Chicago: American Library Association.

 

Kuhn, H. (1969). Sprache-Literatur-Kultur im Mittelalter und heute: Ein Versuch über die Sprache der Studenten-Revolution. München: Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften.

 

Kupfer-Schreiner, C. (1994). Sprachdidaktik und Sprachentwicklung im Rahmen interkultureller Erziehung. Das Nürnberger Modell; ein Beitrag gegen Rassismus/racism und Ausländerfeindlichkeit. Weinheim: Dt. Studien-Verlag.

 

Kutz, E., Groden, S. Q., & Zamel, V. (1993). The discovery of competence. Teaching and learning with diverse student writers. Boynton/Cook Pubs.

 

Kutz, E., & Roskelly, H. (1991). An unquiet pedagogy. Transforming practice in the English classroom. Boynton/Cook Pubs.

 

Kymlicka, W. (Ed.). (1995). The rights of minority cultures. Oxford New York: Oxford University Press.

 

Kymlicka, W., & Norman, W. (Eds.). (2000). Citizenship in diverse societies. Oxford New York: Oxford University Press.

.

 

Kyuchukov, H. (1995). Bilingualism and Bilingual Education in Bulgaria. European Journal of Intercultural Studies, 6(1), 46-53,56.

 

La Belle, T. J., & Ward, C. R. (1994). Multiculturalism and education. Diversity and its impact on schools and society. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

La Belle, T. J., & Ward, C. R. (1996). Ethnic studies and multiculturalism. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

La-Belle, T. J., & Ward, C. R. (1994). Multiculturalism and education. Diversity and its impact on schools and society. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

La-Belle, T. J., & Ward, C. R. (1996). Ethnic studies and multiculturalism. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Labov, W. (1972). Language in the inner city studies in the Black English vernacular. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.

 

Labov, W. (1993). Le parler ordinaire la langue dans les ghettos noirs des États-Unis. Paris: Éditions de Minuit.

 

Ladmiral, J.-R., & Lipiansky, E. M. (1989). La communication interculturelle. Paris: Armand Colin.

 

Lafontant, J., & Allaire, G. (1993). L´État et les minorités: Textes du colloque tenu au Collège universitaire de Saint-Boniface les 6 et 7 novembre 1992. Saint-Boniface, Man.: Éditions du Blé.

 

Lahon, D. (1999). O negro no coração do Império: uma memória a resgatar, séculos XV-XIX. Lisboa: Secretariado Coordenador dos Programas de Educação Multicultural.

 

Lai, A. E. (1995). Meanings of multiethnicity: A case study of ethnicity and ethnic relations in Singapore. Kuala Lumpur New York: Oxford University Press.

 

Lam, C., & Henriques, A. (1991). Incorporating an intercultural perspective into the ESL curriculum. Toronto: Continuing Education Dept.-Adult ESL, Toronto Board of Education.

 

Lambert, M. C., Knight, F., Taylor, R., & Newell, A. L. (1993). Further Comparisons of Teacher and Parent Ratings of Behavior and Emotional-Problems in Jamaican Children. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 17(1), 1-18.

 

Lambert, M. C., & Lyubansky, M. (1999). Behavior and Emotional-Problems Among Jamaican Children and Adolescents: An Epidemiologic Survey of Parent, Teacher, and Self-Reports for Ages 6-18 Years. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 23(5), 727-751.

 

Lambert, M. C., Thesiger, C., Overly, K., & Knight, F. (1990). Teacher and Parent Ratings of Behavior Problems in Jamaican Children and Adolescents: Convergence and Divergence of Views. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 14(2), 177-191.

 

Lambert, W. E., & Cazabon, M. (1994). Students´ views of the Amigos program. Santa Cruz, CA: National Center for Research on Cultural Diversity and Second Language Learning.

 

Lamy, S. L. (1981). Teaching global awareness with simulations and games an experimental unit. Denver, Colo.: Center for Teaching International Relations, University of Denver (Colorado Seminary).

 

Lamy, S. L. (1986). Teaching global awareness with simulations and games. Denver, Col.: Center for Teaching International Relations, University of Denver (Colorado Seminary).

 

Lamy, S. L. (1990). Teaching global awareness with simulations and games. Denver, Col.: Center for Teaching International Relations, University of Denver (Colorado Seminary).

 

Landercy, A., & Renard, R. R. (1996). Aménagement linguistique et pédagogie interculturelle. Paris Mons: Didier Erudition CIPA.

 

Landis, D. (Ed.). (1983). Handbook of intercultural training. New York: Pergamon Press.

 

Landis, D., & Bhagat, R. S. (1996). A model of intercultural behavior and training. In Dan Landis, & Rabi S. Bhagat (Eds.), Handbook of intercultural training (2nd ed.). (pp. 1-13). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

 

Landis, D., & Bhagat, R. S. (1996). Handbook of intercultural training. Thousand Oaks, Calif.: Sage Publications.

 

Landis, D., & Brislin, R. (Eds.). (1983). Handbook of intercultural training. Elmsford, NJ: Pergamon.

 

Lang, N. S. (1998). Intercultural management in China: Strategies of Sino-European and Sino-Japanese joint ventures. Wiesbaden: Deutscher Universitätsverlag.

 

Langlois, H. (1998). L´école franco-ontarienne à l´heure de la diversité culturelle outil pédagogique pour une éducation inclusive. Vanier, Ont.: CFORP.

 

Langman, P. F. (1995). Including Jews in multiculturalism. Journal of Multicultural Counseling and Development, 23(4), 222-236.

 

Lanir, Z. (1991). Educating for Democratic Behavior in an Intercultural Context. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 15(3), 327-343.

 

Laó-Montes, A., & Dávila, A. M. (Eds.). (2001). Mambo montage: The Latinization of New York. New York: Columbia University Press.

 

Laperriere, A., Compere, L., D´Khissy, M., & Dolce, R., et al. (1994). Mutual perceptions and interethnic strategies among French, Italian, and Haitian adolescents of a multiethnic school in Montreal. Special Issue: Canadian research on adolescence. Journal of Adolescent Research, 9(2), 193-217.

 

Lapsley, D. K. (Ed.). (1992). The Challenge of pluralism education, politics, and values. Notre Dame, Ind.: University of Notre Dame Press.

 

Larcher, D. (1991). Fremde in der Nähe interkulturelle Bildung und Erziehung, im zweisprachigen Kärnten, im dreisprachigen Südtirol, im vielsprachigen Österreich. Klagenfurt: Drava Verlag.

 

Lark, J. S., & Paul, B. D. (1998). Beyond Multicultural Training: Mentoring Stories from 2 White American Doctoral Students. Counseling Psychologist, 26(1), 33-42.

 

Larkin, J. M. (Ed.). (1995). Developing multicultural teacher education curricula. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Larkin, J. M., & Sleeter, C. E. (Eds.). (1995). Developing multicultural teacher education curricula. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Larter, S., & Cheng, M. (1986). Teaching heritage languages and cultures in an integrated/extended day. Toronto, Ont.: Information Services Division, Toronto Board of Education.

 

Lasch-Quinn, E. (2001). Race experts how racial etiquette, sensitivity training, and new age therapy hijacked the civil rights revolution. New York: Norton.

 

Lasserre, P., & Schütte, H. (1995). Strategies for Asia Pacific. Washington Square, N.Y.: New York University Press.

 

Latif, G. (1988). L´École québécoise et les communautés culturelles rapport déposé au Bureau du sous-ministre. (Québec): Ministère de l´éducation.

 

Latrobe, K. H., & Laughlin, M. (1992). Multicultural aspects of library media programs. Englewood: Libraries Unlimited.

 

Lavallée, C., & Marquis, M. (1999). Éducation interculturelle et petite enfance. (Sainte-Foy, Québec): Presses de l´Université Laval.

 

Lavatelli, C. S., & Martin, W. E. (1973). Intergroup education in kindergarten-primary grades. New York: Macmillan.

 

Lavrijsen, R. (Ed.). (1997). Intercultural arts education and municipal arts policy: New connections in European cities. Amsterdam, The Netherlands: Royal Tropical Institute.

 

Law, E. H. F. (1993). The wolf shall dwell with the lamb. A spirituality for leadership in a multicultural community. Chalice Press.

 

Lawrence, S. M. (1997). Beyond Race Awareness: White Racial Identity and Multicultural Teaching. Journal of Teacher Education, 48(2), 108-117.

 

Lawrence Hall of Science. (1991). 1492, two worlds of science school kit. Berkeley, CA: Lawrence Hall of Science, University of California at Bekeley.

 

Lawson, E. D., Smadi, O. M., & Tel, S. A. (1986). Values in Jordanian University-Students: A Test of Osgood Cultural Universals. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 10(1), 35-51.

 

Leach, M. M. (1997). Training Global Psychologists: An Introduction. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 21(2), 161-174.

 

Lebauer, R. S., Scarcella, R. C., & Stern, S. (1993). Reactions. Multicultural reading-based writing modules. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

 

Lee, C. C. (Ed.). (1995). Counseling for diversity. A guide for school counselors and related professionals. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Lee, C. C. E. (Ed).).  (1995). Counseling for diversity: A guide for school counselors and related professionals. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon, Inc.

 

Lee, E. (Ed.). (1998). Beyond heroes and holidays a practical guide to K-12 anti-racist, multicultural education and staff development. Washington, DC: Network of Educators on the Americas.

 

Lee, E., & Cross Cultural Communication Centre (Toronto, O. (1985). Letters to Marcia: A teacher´s guide to anti-racist education. Toronto: Cross Cultural Communication Centre.

 

Lee, W. M. L., & Mixson, R. J. (1995). Asian and Caucasian client perceptions of the effectiveness of counseling. Journal of Multicultural Counseling and Development, 23(1), 48-56.

 

Leeds-Hurwitz, W. (1990). Notes in the History of Intercultural Communication: The Foreign-Service Institute and the Mandate for Intercultural Training. Quarterly Journal of Speech, 76(3), 262-281.

 

Lefley, H. P. (1985). Impact of Cross-Cultural Training on Black and White Mental-Health Professionals. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 9(3), 305-318.

 

Leicester, M. (1989). Multicultural education from theory to practice. Windsor, Berkshire, England: NFER-Nelson.

 

Leicester, M. (Ed.). (1992). Ethics, ethnicity, and education. London: Kogan Page.

 

Leicester, M., Modgil, C., & Modgil, S. (Eds.). (1999). Institutional issues: Pupils, schools, and teacher education. London New York: Falmer Press.

 

Leicester, M., Modgil, C., & Modgil, S. (Eds.). (1999). Systems of education: Theories, policies, and implicit values. London New York: Falmer Press.

 

Leicester, M., & Taylor, M. J. (Eds.). (1992). Ethics, ethnicity, and education. Kogan Page.

 

Lesko, N. (1998). (E)strange(d) relations: Psychological concepts in multicultural education. In: Chavez, Rudolfo Chavez, &  O´Donnell, James (Eds.), Speaking the unpleasant: The politics of (non)engagement in the multicultural education terrain. (pp. 265-273). Albany, NY, USA: State University of New York Press.

 

Levers, L. L. (1997). Cross-Cultural Training in Southern Africa: A Call for Psychoecological Pluralism. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 21(2), 249-277.

 

Lévesque, M., Thérien, M., & Paret, M. C. (1991). Rapport de recherche Français, langue d´enseignement au secondaire et minorités culturelles. (Montreal: Faculté des sciences de l´éducation, Université de Montréal.

 

Levin, I. M., & Levin, I. M. (Ed.). (1993). Celebrating diversity extended thematic unit. Huntington Beach, CA: Teacher Created Materials.

 

Levine, D. R., Baxter, J., & McNulty, P. (1987). The culture puzzle: Cross-cultural communication for English as a second language. Englewood Cliffs, NJ Toronto: Prentice-Hall.

 

Levy, J., Wubbels, T., Brekelmans, M., & Morganfield, B. (1997). Language and Cultural-Factors in Students Perceptions of Teacher Communication Style. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 21(1), 29-56.

 

Levy, J. T. (2000). The multiculturalism of fear. Oxford New York: Oxford University Press.

 

Li, X. M. (1996). ”Good writing” in cross-cultural context. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Liberman, K. (1994). Asian Student Perspectives on American-University Instruction. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 18(2), 173-192.

 

Liberman, K. B. (1983). Intercultural communication in Central Australia. In R. Bauman and J. Sherzer (Eds.) Case studies in the ethnography of speaking (pp. 316-326). Austin, TX: Southwestern Educational Development Laboratory.

 

Lie, J. (2001). Multiethnic Japan. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.

 

Lindholm, K. J., & University of California, L. A. (1988). The Edison elementary school bilingual immersion program student progress after one year of implementation. (Los Angeles, Calif.): Center for Language Education and Research, University of California, Los Angeles.

 

Lingard, J. (1988). Multicultural education in Saskatchewan perception, implementation, and relevance. Regina, Sask.: Research Centre, Saskatchewan School Trustees Association.

 

Linkon, S. L. (Ed.). (1999). Teaching working class. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press.

 

Linse, B., Judd, R., & Michael, S. (1993). Fiesta! Mexico and Central America a global awareness program for children in grades 2-5. Torrance, Calif.: Fearon Teacher Aids.

 

Lionnet, F. (1994). Dissymmetry Embodied: Feminism, Universalism, and the Practice of Excision. In M. R. Higonnet (Ed.), Borderwork: Feminist Engagements With Comparative Literature. (pp. 19-41). Ithaca: Cornell University Press.

 

Lipman, D. (1994). We all go together. Creative activities for children to use with multicultural folksongs. Oryx Press.

 

Lippmann, L. (1977). The aim is understanding educational techniques for a multi-cultural society. Sydney, (Australia): Australia & New Zealand Book Co..

 

Lipson, J. G., & Steiger, N. J. (1996). Self-care nursing in a multicultural context. Thousand Oaks, Calif.: Sage Publications.

 

Liston, D. P., & Zeichner, K. M. (1996). Culture and teaching. Mahwah, N.J.: L. Erlbaum Associates.

 

Litters, U. (1995). Interkulturelle Kommunikation aus fremdsprachendidaktischer Perspektive: Konzeption eines zielgruppenspezifischen Kommunikationstrainings für deutsche und französische Manger. Tübingen: Gunter Narr.

 

Liu, D. (1995). Sociocultural transfer and its effect on second language speakers´ communication. Special Issue: Language, culture, and world view. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 19(2), 253-265.

 

Lloyd, A. P. (1987). Multicultural counseling: Lloyd´s reply. Counselor Education and Supervision, 26(3), 181-183.

 

Locke, D. C., & Kiselica, M. S. (1999). Pedagogy of Possibilities: Teaching About Racism in Multicultural Counseling Courses. Journal of Counseling and Development, 77(1), 80-86.

 

Lockwood, A. L. (1976). Values education and the study of other cultures. Washington: National Education Association.

 

Logan, J. (1997). Teaching stories. New York: Kodansha International.

 

Loheyde, K., & Kunz, N. (1994). ”Yes I Think It´s You”: A Discussion of Intercultural Communication. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics, 10(1), 47-66.

 

Lomotey, K. (Ed.). (1997). Sailing against the wind African Americans and women in U.S. education. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Long, R. E. (Ed.). (1997). Multiculturalism. New York: H.W. Wilson.

 

Lopez, T. (Ed.). (1989). ESL the whole person approach. Albuquerque, N.M.: National Institute for Multicultural Education.

 

Lucas, C. (Ed.). (1996). Multicultural Aspects of Sociolinguistics in Deaf Communities. Washington, DC: Gallaudet University Press.

 

Lumpkin, B. (1997). Algebra activities from many cultures. Portland, ME: J. Weston Walch.

 

Lundquist, S. E. (1991). The trickster. A transformation archetype. Mellen Res. University Press.

 

Lurie, W. A. (1982). Strategies for survival: Principles of Jewish community relations. New York: Ktav House.

 

Lutzker, M. (1995). Multiculturalism in the college curriculum. A handbook of strategies and resources for faculty. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

 

 

Luz, N. C. P., & Sodré, M. (1996). Pluralidade cultural e educação. Salvador, Bahia, Brasil: Secretaria da Educação Sociedade de Estudos da Cultura Negra no Brasil.

 

Lynch, J. (1983). The multicultural curriculum. London: Batsford Academic and Educational.

 

Lynch, J. (1986). Multicultural education principles and practice. London Boston: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

 

Lynch, J. (1986). Multicultural education. Principles and practice. London: Routledge.

 

Lynch, J. (1989). Multicultural education in a global society. London New York: Falmer Press.

 

Lynch, J. (1991). Multicultural education: principles and practice. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.

 

Lynch, J. (1992). Education for citizenship in a multicultural society. London New York, NY, USA: Cassell.

 

Lynch, J. (Ed.). (1992). Cultural diversity and the schools. London Washington, D.C.: Falmer.

 

Lynch, J., Modgil, C., & Modgil, S. (1992). Cultural diversity and the schools. London: Falmer.

 

MacAloon, J. J. (1986). Intercultural education and Olympic sport the 1986 challenge address to the Olympic Academy of Canada. (Montreal): Olympic Academy of Canada.

 

MacArthur, J. (1995). Multicultural milestones in U.S. history. Victor Books.

 

Macedo, D. P., & Bartolomé, L. I. (1999). Dancing with bigotry beyond the politics of tolerance. New York: St. Martin´s Press.

 

Macera Urquizo, J. (1999). Problemática educativa en las comunidades chimanes estudios de casos en el territorio indígena tsimane, Departamento del Beni, Bolivia. Lima: Universidad Nacional Mayor de San Marcos, Seminario de Historia Rural Andina.

 

Mackay, R., & Cumming, A. H. (1991). Formative evaluation of part 1, phase 1 of SEVEC´s Multicultural/Anti-racist Leadership Exchange Program for the period, April 4 to May 6, 1991: Formative suggestions submitted to Bob Harrison, Coordinator of Multicultural Programs, SEVEC. S.l.: s.n..

 

Mahalingam, R., & McCarthy, C. (2000). Multicultural curriculum new directions for social theory, practice and policy. New York: Routledge.

 

Majumdar, B. (1996). Culture and health: Culture-sensitive training manual for the health care provider. Hamilton, Ont.: McMaster University Faculty of Health Sciences, School of Nursing.

 

Mak, A. S., & Tran, C. (2001). Big 5 Personality and Cultural Relocation Factors in Vietnamese Australian Students Intercultural Social Self-Efficacy. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 25(2), 181-201.

 

Mak, A. S., Westwood, M. J., Ishiyama, F. I., & Barker, M. C. (1999). Optimizing Conditions for Learning Sociocultural Competences for Success. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 23(1), 77-90.

 

Malcolm, I. G., & Rochecouste, J. (1998). Australian Aboriginal students in higher education. Perth, WA, Australia: National Centre for English Language Teaching and Research, Macquarie University, in association with the Centre for Applied Language Research at Edith Cowan University.

 

Mallea, J. R. (1989). Schooling in a plural Canada. Clevedon (England Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters.

 

Mallett, J. J., & Polette, K. (1994). World folktales. A multicultural approach to whole language. Alleyside Press.

 

Mang, L. (1976). Resources for multicultural programs. Toronto: Learnxs Press.

 

Mangone, G. J. (Ed.). (1957). The art of overseasmanship. (Syracuse): Syracuse University Press.

 

Manitoba. (1992). Guidelines for multicultural school library services. Winnipeg: Manitoba Education and Training, Instructional Resources Branch.

 

Manitoba. (1992). Multicultural education a policy for the 1990s. Winnipeg: the Dept..

 

Manning, M. L., & Baruth, L. G. (2000). Multicultural education of children and adolescents. Boston Toronto: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Mårald, E. (1996). In transit: Aspects of transculturalism in Janice Kulyk Keefer´s travels. Umeå Uppsala: Umeå University Distributed by Swedish Science Press.

 

Marchall, G. (1995). Travelers through time and space multicultural activities for the computer classroom. Eugene, OR: International Society for Technology in Education.

 

Marden, P. C., & Barchers, S. I. (1994). Cooking up world history. Multicultural recipes and resources. Teacher Ideas Press.

 

Marks, L. U. (2000). The skin of the film: Intercultural cinema, embodiment, and the senses. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.

 

Markus, A. (Ed.). (1987). Prejudice in the public arene: Racism. Victoria, Australia: Centre for Migrant and Intercultural Studies, Monash University.

 

Marmolinero, C. (1995). Language Policies in Multiethnic Latin-America and the Role of Education and Literacy Programs in the Construction of National Identity. International Journal of Educational Development, 15(3), 209-219.

 

Marques, C. (1997). Comunidade cigana na Diocese de Lisboa. Lisboa: C. M., Pelouro de Acção Social.

 

Marshall, T. (1989). The whole world guide to language learning. Yarmouth: Intercultural Press.

 

Martin, J. E. (1992). Towards a theory of text for contrastive rhetoric: An introduction to issues of text for students and practitioners of contrastive rhetoric. New York: P. Lang.

 

Martin, J. N. (1986). Communication in the Intercultural Reentry: Student Sojourners Perceptions of Change in Reentry Relationship. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 10(1), 1-22.

 

Martin, J. N. (1987). The Relationship Between Student Sojourner Perceptions of Intercultural Competencies and Previous Sojourn Experience. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 11(4), 337-355.

 

Martin, J. N., Bradford, L., & Rohrlich, B. (1995). Comparing Predeparture Expectations and Post-Sojourn Reports: A Longitudinal-Study of United-States Students Abroad. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 19(1), 87-110.

 

Martin, R. J. (Ed.). (1995). Practicing what we teach. Confronting diversity in teacher education. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Martin, S. P. (1996). Cultural diversity in Catholic schools challenges and opportunities for Catholic educators. Washington, D.C.: National Catholic Educational Association.

 

Martin, Y. M., & Warburton, R. (1998). Voices for change racism, ethnocentrism, and cultural insensitivity at the University of Victoria : A report submitted to David Strong, President, University of Victoria. Victoria, B.C.: (University of Victoria).

 

Martindale, C. (Ed.). (1993). Pluralizing journalism education. A multicultural handbook. Westport, CN: Greenwood Press.

 

Martins, I. F. (1998). Projecto de educação intercultural: 1993/94-1996/97. Lisboa: Ministério da Educação.

 

Martusewicz, R. A., & Reynolds, W. M. (1994). Inside/out contemporary critical perspectives in education. New York: St. Martin´s Press.

 

Martusewicz, R. A., & Reynolds, W. M. (Eds.). (1994). Inside/out. Contemporary critical perspectives in education. New York: St. Martin´s Press.

 

Maryland. (1975). New perspectives in intergroup education. Baltimore, MD: The Department.

 

Masingila, J. O., Davidenko, S., & Prus-Wisniowska, E. (1996). Mathematics learning and practice in and out of school: a framework for connecting these experiences, Educational Studies in Mathematics, 31, 175-200.

 

Mason, R. (1988). Art education and multiculturalism. London: Croom Helm.

 

Massaro, T. M. (1993). Constitutional literacy. A core curriculum for a multicultural nation. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

 

Massey, I. (1991). More than skin deep developing anti-racist multicultural education in schools. London: Hodder & Stoughton.

 

Massey, I. (1991). More than skin deep. Developing anti-racist multicultural education in schools. London: Hodder & Stoughton.

 

Massey, N. B. (1971). Canadian studies in Canadian schools a report for the Curriculum Committee of the Council of Ministers of Education on the study of Canada, Canadians, and life in Canada. Toronto: Council of Ministers of Education, Canada.

 

Mathematical Association. (1988). Mathematics in a multicultural society. --. Leicester (England): Mathematical Association.

 

Mather, S. M. (1996). Initiation in Visually Constructed Dialogue: Reading Books with Three- to Eight-Year-Old Students Who Are Deaf and Hard of Hearing. In Lucas, Ceil (Ed.), Multicultural Aspects of Sociolinguistics in Deaf Communities. (pp. 109-131). Washington, DC: Gallaudet University Press.

 

Matiella, A. C. (1990). The multicultural caterpillar children´s activities in cultural awareness. Santa Cruz, CA: Network Publications.

 

Matiella, A. C. (Ed.). (1994). The Multicultural challenge in health education. ETR Assocs.

 

Matute, E. (1999). Diversidad cultural y educación. Guadalajara, Jalisco, México: Universidad de Guadalajara.

 

Mauranen, A. (1996). Discourse Competence-Evidence from Thematic Development in Native and Non-Native Texts. In Ventola, Eija, & Mauranen, Anna (Eds.), Academic Writing: Intercultural and Textual Issues. (pp. 195-230). Amsterdam, The Netherlands: John Benjamins Publishing Co.

 

Maver, I. (Ed.). (1996). Ethnic literature and culture in the U.S.A., Canada, and Australia. Bern: Lang.

 

Maxwell, J. (1976). Resource list for a multicultural society. Toronto: Ministry of Education, Ministry of Culture and recreation.

 

Maxwell, J. (1977). Resource list for a multicultural society. (Toronto): Ministry of Education Ministry of Culture and Recreation.

 

May, S. (1994). Making multicultural education work. Clevedon (England) Philadelphia Toronto: Multilingual Matters Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

 

May, S. (Ed.). (1999). Critical multiculturalism rethinking multicultural and antiracist education. London Philadelphia, PA: Falmer Press.

 

May, S. (Ed.). (1999). Critical multiculturalism: Rethinking multicultural and antiracist education. London Philadelphia, PA: Falmer Press.

 

Mayberry, K. J. (Ed.). (1996). Teaching what you´re not identity politics in higher education. New York: New York University Press.

 

Mayer, G., Forstner, M., & Von Schilling, K. (1991). Interdisziplinarität, deutsche Sprache und Literatur im Spannungsfeld der Kulturen Festschrift für Gerhart Mayer zum 65. Geburtstag. Frankfurt am Main New York: P. Lang.

 

Mayo, M. W., & Christenfeld, N. (1999). Gender, Race, and Performance Expectations of College-Students. Journal of Multicultural Counseling and Development, 27(2), 93-104.

 

Mays, L. (1975). On meeting real people: An evaluation report on Vegetable soup : the effects of a multi-ethnic children´s television series on intergroup attitudes of children :  final report to New York State Education Dept. New York: New York State Education Dept..

 

Mazibuko, B. (1987). Education in mission/mission in education. A critical comparative study of selected approaches. Bern: Lang.

 

McAndrew, M. (2001). Immigration et diversité à l´école le débat québécois dans une perspective comparative. (Montréal): Presses de l´Université de Montréal.

 

McCaffery, J. A. (1986). Independent Effectiveness: A Reconsideration of Cross- Cultural Orientation and Training. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 10(2), 159-178.

 

McCarthy, C. (1998). The uses of culture education and the limits of ethnic affiliation. New York: Routledge.

 

McCarthy, C. (1998). The uses of culture: Education and the limits of ethnic affiliation. New York: Routledge.

 

 

McCarthy, C. (Ed.). (1993). Race, identity, and representation in education. New York: Routledge.

 

McCarthy, C., & Crichlow, W. (Eds.). (1993). Race, identity, and representation in education. London: Routledge.

 

McCarthy, T. (1993). Multicultural fables and fairy tales. Stories and activities to promote literacy and cultural awareness. Scholastic Professional Bks.

 

McCaskell, T. (1990). Resource materials for anti-racist education. Toronto: Toronto Board of Education, Equal Opportunity Office.

 

McCaskill, B. (Ed.). (1993). Multicultural literature and literacies making space for difference. Albany, N.Y.: State University of New York Press.

 

McCaughrin, W. C. (1995). The importance of multicultural variation in planning college student health programs. Evaluation and the Health Professions, 18(2), 202-216.

 

McConnell, D. L. (2000). Importing diversity inside Japan´s JET Program. Berkeley: University of California Press.

 

McCormick, T. M. (1994). Creating the nonsexist classroom. A multicultural approach. New York, NY: Teachers College Press.

 

McCracken, J. B. (1993). Ethnnocultural issues in social work practice. Manual of readings, 1993-1995, New York University School of Social Work. National Assn. for the Educ. of Young Children.

 

McCracken, J. B. (1993). Valuing diversity. The primary years. National Assn. for the Educ. of Young Children.

 

McDaniel, C. O., McDaniel, A. K., & McDaniel, N. C. (1988). Transferability of Multicultural Education from Training to Practice. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 12(1), 19-33.

 

McElmeel, S. L. (1992). Bookpeople. A multicultural album. Teacher Ideas Press.

 

McEwan, B., & Stollenwerk, D. A. (2000). The art of classroom management effective practices for building equitable learning communities. Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Merrill.

 

McGowan, M., McGowan, T., & Wheeler, P. (1994). Appreciating diversity through children´s literature. Teaching activities for the primary grades. Teacher Ideas Press.

 

McGregor, J. (1993). Effectiveness of role playing and antiracist teaching in reducing student prejudice. Journal of Educational Research, 86(4), 215-226.

 

McIntyre, A. (1997). Making meaning of whiteness exploring racial identity with white teachers. Albany (NY): State University of New York Press.

 

McIntyre, A., & NetLibrary, I. (1997). Making meaning of whiteness exploring racial identity with white teachers. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

McKay, P. (1997). The Bilingual Interface Project report the relationship between first language development and second language acquisition as students begin learning English in the context of schooling. Canberra (Australia): Dept. of Employment, Education, Training and Youth Affairs.

 

McLaren, P. (1995). Critical pedagogy and predatory culture. Oppositional politics in a postmodern era. London: Routledge.

 

McLaren, P. (1997). Revolutionary multiculturalism pedagogies of dissent for the new millennium. Boulder, Colo.: Westview Press.

 

McLaren, P. (Ed.). (1995). Multicultural education, critical pedagogy, and the politics of difference. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

McLeod, K. A. (1979). Multiculturalism, bilingualism and Canadian institutions: Papers presented at a conference sponsored by the Canadian Council of Christians and Jews in co-operation with the Faculty of Education, University of Manitoba. Toronto: Guidance Centre, Faculty of Education, University of Toronto.

 

McLeod, K. A. (1980). Intercultural education and community development. Toronto: Guidance Centre, Faculty of Education, University of Toronto.

 

McLeod, K. A. (1983). Multicultural early childhood education. Toronto: Guidance Centre, Faculty of Education, University of Toronto.

 

McLeod, K. A. (1987). Multicultural education a partnership. Toronto: Canadian Council for Multicultural and Intercultural Education.

 

McLeod, K. A. (1993). Multicultural education: The state of the art national study : report #l. Toronto: Faculty of Education, University of Toronto.

 

McLeod, K. A. (Ed.). (1984). Multicultural early childhood education. (Toronto): Guidance Centre, Faculty of Education, University of Toronto.

 

McMillen, M. C., Baker, A. C., & White, J. (1997). Cultural Analysis, Good Conversation and the Creation of a Multicultural Learning Organization. Management Learning, 28(2), 197-215.

 

McMullin, C. (1989). Le Mur magique. Ottawa, Can.: Commissariat aux langues officielles.

 

McNeill, B. W., Hom, K. L., & Perez, J. A. (1995). The training and supervisory needs of racial and ethnic minority students. Journal of Multicultural Counseling and Development, 23(4), 246-258.

 

Medina, J. (2000). Diálogo de sordos occidente e indianidad : Una aproximación conceptual a la educación intercultural y bilingüe en Bolivia. La Paz, Bolivia: CEBIAE, Centro Boliviano de Investigación y Acción Educativas.

 

Meeuwis, M. (1994). Nonnative-nonnative intercultural communication: An analysis of instruction sessions for foreign engineers in a Belgian company. Multilingua 13(1/2), 59-82.

 

Mehan, H. (1991). Sociological foundations supporting the study of cultural diversity. Santa Cruz, CA: National Center for Research on Cultural Diversity and Second Language Learning.

 

Meier-Mesquita, M. C. P. (1999). Rassismus und antirassistische Erziehung eine theoretische und empirische Studie. Freiburg (Schweiz): Universitätsverlag.

 

Mejía, M. C. (1991). Etnias, educación y cultura defendamos lo nuestro. La Paz, Bolivia Caracas, Venezuela: ILDIS-Bolivia Editorial Nueva Sociedad.

 

Melenchuk, A. S. (1987). Cultural literacy in education: A literature review. Regina: University of Regina, Saskatchewan Instructional Development & Research Unit.

 

Melenchuk, A. S. (1987). The effects of a cross-cultural training program on the attitudes of eighth graders toward prairie Indians. Regina, Sask.: Research Centre, Saskatchewan School Trustees Association.

 

Melenchuk, A. S. (1992). Toward intercultural understanding (an anti-racist training manual. Regina: Weigl.

 

Mendoza, J. G. (1994). La propuesta de la escuela intercultural bilingüe en el contexto de la reforma educativa. La Paz, Bolivia: Universidad Mayor de San Andrés, Facultad de Humanidades y Ciencias de la Educación, Carrera de Lingüística e Idiomas.

 

Mentor, D. (2000). Facts about-- racism in our schools =: Portraits de la FCRR-- le racisme dans nos écoles. Toronto: Canadian Race Relations Foundation = Fondation canadienne des relations raciales.

 

Mercer, N., & Maybin, J. (Eds.). (1996). Using English from conversation to canon. London (England: Routledge in association with the Open University.

 

Merchant, B. M., & Willis, A. I. (Eds.). (2001). Multiple and intersecting identities in qualitative research. Mahwah, NJ: L. Erlbaum Associates.

 

Merelman, R. M. (1995). Representing black culture. Racial conflict and cultural politics in the United States. London: Routledge.

 

Merryfield, M. M. (Ed.). (1997). Preparing teachers to teach global perspectives a handbook for teacher educators. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press.

 

Mesa Franco, M. C. (Ed.). (1998). Actitudes hacia la tolerancia y la cooperación en ambientes multiculturales evaluación e intervención educativa en un contexto concreto : La ciudad de Melilla. Granada: Universidad de Granada.

 

Mesa-Bains, A. (Ed.). (1993). Diversity in the classroom a casebook for teachers and teacher educators. Hillsdale, NJ: Research for Better Schools and Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

 

Metropolitan Separate School Board (Toronto, O. (1984). Race and ethnic relations and multicultural policy: Guidelines and procedures. Toronto, Ont.: The Board.

 

Metropolitan Separate School Board (Toronto, O. (1986). Race and ethnic relations and multicultural policy: Guidelines and procedures. Toronto: The Board.

 

Metrycki, B. (1983). Multicultural playground manual multicultural activities guide 1. Vancouver, B.C.: B.C. Teachers´ Federation, Lesson Aids Service.

 

Meyer, L. H. (Ed.). (1998). Making friends the influences of culture and development. Baltimore: Paul H. Brookes.

 

Meyer, M., & Estable, A. (1996). Awareness, assessment, and action .. a tool for educators working towards anti-racism in the school system. Ottawa, ON: Margin Publishing.

 

Meyers, M. (1993). Teaching to diversity teaching and learning in the multi-ethnic classroom. Reading, Mass.: Addison-Wesley.

 

Meyers, M. (2001). In our classrooms an educator´s guide to helping English language learners with curriculum. Toronto, ON: MainStreams Publications.

 

Michaelsen, S. (1999). The limits of multiculturalism: Interrogating the origins of American anthropology. Minneapolis London: University of Minnesota Press.

 

Michaelsen, S., & Johnson, D. E. (1997). Border theory: The limits of cultural politics. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

 

Milhouse, V. H. (1996). Intercultural Communication Education and Training Goals, Content, and Methods. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 20(1), 69-95.

 

Miller, L., Steinlage, T., & Printz, M. (1994). Cultural cobblestones. Teaching cultural diversity. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press.

 

Miller, S. M., & McCaskill, B. (Eds.). (1993). Multicultural literature and literacies. Making space for difference. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Miller-Lachmann, L., & Taylor, L. S. (1995). Schools for all. Educating children in a diverse society. Delmar Pubs.

 

Milord, S. (1992). Hands around the world. 365 creative ways to build cultural awareness and global respect. Williamson.

 

Min, P. G. (1996). Caught in the middle: Korean merchants in America´s multiethnic cities. Berkeley: University of California Press.

 

Minami, M. (Ed.). (1991). Language issues in literacy and bilingual/multicultural education. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Educational Review.

 

Minami, M., & Kennedy, B. P. (Eds.). (1991). Language issues in literacy and bilingual/multicultural education. Harvard Educ. Review.

 

Miner, M. (1985). Developing Training Materials for Groups in Conflict. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 9(4), 444-447.

 

Miner, M. (1986). Police intercultural training manual. Ottawa: Canadian Association of Chiefs of Police.

 

Ministério da Educação. Direcção-Geral do Ensino Básico e Secundário (1992). Pedagogia intercultural : professor: 1§ ciclo. Lisboa: DGEBS.

 

Ministério da Educação (1995). Educação Intercultural. Abordagens e Perspectivas. Lisboa: Secretariado Coordenador dos Programas de Educação Multicultural.

 

Ministério da Educação (1998). Base de Dados. Entreculturas. Lisboa: Secretariado Coordenador dos Programas de Educação Multicultural.

 

Mio, J. S., & Awakuni, G. I. (2000). Resistance to multiculturalism issues and interventions. Philadelphia, PA: Brunner/Mazel.

 

Misiejuk, D., Nikitorowicz, J., & Sobecki, M. (2001). Kultury tradycyjne a kultura globalna. konteksty edukacji miedzykulturowej. Bialstok: Trans Humana.

 

Mitchell, B. M., & Salsbury, R. E. (1996). Multicultural education an international guide to research, policies, and programs. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

 

Mitchell, B. M., & Salsbury, R. E. (1999). Encyclopedia of multicultural education. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press.

 

Mitchell, R. (1993). The multicultural student´s guide to colleges. What every African-American, Asian-American, Hispanic, and Native American applicant needs to know about America´s top schools. Noonday Press.

 

Mnguni, M. H. (1998). Education as a social institution and ideological process from the négritude education in Senegal to Bantu education in South Africa. Münster New York: Waxmann.

 

Mock, K. R. (1985). Multicultural preschool education a resource manual for supervisors and volunteers. (Toronto): Ontario Ministry of Citizenship and Culture.

 

Mock, K. R. (1986). Multicultural preschool education a resource manual. Toronto: Ontario Ministry of Citzenship, Citzenship Development Branch.

 

Mock, K. R., & Laufer, A. S. (2001). Race relations training in Canada towards the development of professional standards. Toronto: Canadian Race Relations Foundation.

 

Modgil, S. (Ed.). (1986). Multicultural education. The interminable dabate. London: Falmer Press.

 

Modgil, S. (Ed.). (1986). Multicultural education the interminable debate. London, (Eng.): Falmer Press.

 

Modgil, S., Verma, G. K., Mallick, K., & Modgil, C. (1986). Multicultural education. The interminable debate. London: The Falmer Press.

 

Montalto, N. V. (1982). A history of the intercultural educational movement, 1924-1941. New York: Garland Co..

 

Moodley, K. (1992). Beyond multicultural education international perspectives. Calgary, AB: Detselig Enterprises.

 

Morey, A. I., & Kitano, M. (1997). Multicultural course transformation in higher education a broader truth. Boston Toronto: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Morgan, C., & Cain, A. (2000). Foreign language and culture learning from a dialogical perspective. Clevedon, England: North York, Ont. Multilingual Matters.

 

Morgan, I. (Ed.). (1993). The Way we are a cross cultural education reader. (St. John´s, Nfld.: Newfoundland-Labrador Human Rights Association.

 

Morgan, I. (Ed.). (1994). Freedom and responsibility a human rights reader. (St. John´s, Nfld.: Newfoundland-Labrador Human Rights Association.

 

Morris, L. (Ed.). (1978). Extracting learning styles from social/cultural diversity a study of five American minorities. (Albuquerque?): Southwest Teacher Corps Network.

 

Morris, L. V., & Parker, S. (1996). Multiculturalism in academe. A source book. New York, NY: Garland.

 

Morris, S. V. (1989). Multicultural and intercultural education building building Canada. Calgary: Delselig Enterprises.

 

Morrow, L. M. (1996). Motivating reading and writing in diverse classrooms social and physical contexts in a literature-based program. Urbana, Il.: National Council of Teachers of English.

 

Mow, S. L., & Freeouf, B. C. (Eds.). (1994). Report on a project to integrate multicultural diversity into required preservice teacher education courses at nine Westchester colleges and universities. Westchester Educ. Coalition.

 

Müller, K. E. (Ed.). (1996). Language status in the post-cold-war era. Lanham West Hartford, CT: University Press of America Center for Research and Documentation on World Language Problems.

 

Multiculturalism BC. (1995). Anti-racism terminology, concepts, and training : A round table discussion, March 12, 1995. Province of British Columbia: Ministry Responsible for Multiculturalism and Human Rights Multiculturalism BC.

 

Multilingual Resources for Children Project. (1995). Building bridges multilingual resources for children. Clevedon Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters.

 

Muñoz Cruz, H. (2001). Un futuro desde la autonomía y la diversidad experiencias y voces por la educación en contextos interculturales nicaragüenses. Xalapa, Ver., México: Biblioteca, Universidad Veracruzana.

 

Murphy-Judy, K. A., & Cornuejols, C. F. (1994). Multicultural Multimedia across the Curriculum: A Pilot Project. IALL Journal of Language Learning Technologies, 27(1), 21-29.

 

Murtadhawatts, K., & Dambrosio, B. S. (1997). A Convergence of Transformative Multicultural and Mathematics Instruction: Dilemmas of Group Deliberations for Curriculum Change. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 28(6), 767-782.

 

Naficy, H. (2001). An accented cinema: Exilic and diasporic filmmaking. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press.

 

Nagai, M. (1976). Jinrui e no ichirizuka Bunka koryu to kyoiku kaikau. Tokyo: Nippon Hoso Shuppan Kyokai.

 

Naidoo, B. (1984). Censoring reality an examination of books on South Africa. London: ILEA Centre for Anti-Racist Education British Defence and Aid Fund for Southern Africa.

 

Naidoo, B. (1984). Censoring reality: An examination of books on South Africa. London: ILEA Centre for Anti-Racist Education British Defence and Aid Fund for Southern Africa.

 

Nakanishi, A. (1991). Kokusaiteki shishitsu to sono keisei kokusai rikai kyoiku no jisshoteki kiso kenkyu. Tokyo: Taga Shuppan.

 

Nancoo, S. E., & Nancoo, R. S. (Eds.). (1996). The Mass media and Canadian diversity. Mississauga, Ont.: Canadian Educators´ Press.

 

Nancoo, S. E., & Ramcharan, S. (Eds.). (1995). Canadian diversity. 2000 and beyond. Canadian Educators´ Press.

 

Narang, H. L. (1984). A survey of teacher education courses and competencies for multicultural classrooms. Regina, Sask.: Saskatchewan School Trustees Association, Research Centre.

 

Nascimento, E. L., Rio de Janeiro (Brazil: State). I. P. E. A. B. R. J. B. (1991). A Africa na escola brasileira relatório do 1o. Fórum Estadual sobre o Ensino da História das Civilizações Africanas na Escola Pública, Rio de Janeiro, 11 de junho a 4 de julho de 1991. Brasília: Gabinete do Senador Abdias do Nascimento.

 

Nast, H. J. (1999). Sex, Race and Multiculturalism: Critical Consumption and the Politics of Course-Evaluations. Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 23(1), 102-115.

 

National Council for the Social Studies (1983). Task Force on Ethnic Studies Curriculum Guidelines - Curriculum guidelines for multiethnic education: position statement. New York: NCSS.

 

National Council for the Social Studies. (1991). Curriculum guidelines for multicultural education a position statement of National Council for the Social Studies. Washington, DC: National Council for the Social Studies.

 

National Council of Teachers of English. (Ed.). (1966). Reading ladders for human relations. Washington: American Council on Education.

 

National Council of Teachers of English. (Ed.). (1972). Reading ladders for human relations. Washington: American Council on Education.

 

National Council of Teachers of English. (Ed.). (1999). Teaching for a tolerant world, grades K-6 essays and resources. Urbana, Ill.: National Council of Teachers of English.

 

National Film Board of Canada. (1993). Face to face video guide: Video resources for race relations training and education. Montréal: National Film Board of Canada.

 

National Foundation for Educational Research in England and Wales. (1981). Education for a multiracial society curriculum and context 5-13. --. London: Schools Council.

 

National Multilingual Multicultural Materials Development Center (U.S.) N. D. A. C. L. A. (1978). Cultural issues in education curriculum & instruction : A book of readings. Los Angeles, CA: National Dissemination and Assessment Center, California State University, Los Angeles.

 

National Science Teachers Association. (1993). Science for all cultures a collection of articles from NSTA´s journals. Arlington, VA: National Science Teachers Association.

 

National Study of School Evaluation. (1973). Evaluation guidelines for multicultural/multiracial education, designed primarily for secondary schools. --. (Arlington, Va.): National Study of School Evaluation.

 

Naylor, F., & Peach, R. (1989). Dewsbury the School above the pub : A case-study in multicultural education. London: Claridge Press in association with the Educational Research Trust.

 

Ndong, N. (1993). Entwicklung, Interkulturalität und Literatur Überlegungen zu einer afrikanischen Germanistik als interkultureller Literaturwissenschaft. München: Iudicium.

 

Ndong, N. (1993). Entwicklung, Interkulturalität und Literatur: Überlegungen zu einer afrikanischen Germanistik als interkultureller Literaturwissenschaft. München: Iudicium.

 

Neaman, E. C. (Ed.). (1992). Folk rhymes from around the world. Vancouver: Pacific Educational Press.

 

Needler, T., & Goodman, B. (1991). Exploring global art. New York, NY: American Forum for Global Education.

 

Neff, M. C., & Paterno, E. T. (1972). Using real life materials for the culturally disadvantaged. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall.

 

Nelson, A. (1994). The learning wheel. Ideas and activities for multicultural and holistic lesson planning. Zephyr Press (Tucson).

 

Nelson, D., Joseph, G. G., & Williams, J. (1993). Multicultural Mathematics: Teaching mathematics from a global perspective. Oxford, New York: Oxford University Press.

 

Nelson, G. L. (1992). The Relationship Between the Use of Personal, Cultural Examples in International Teaching Assistants Lectures and Uncertainty Reduction, Student Attitude, Student Recall, and Ethnocentrism. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 16(1), 33-52.

 

Nelson-Rowe, S. (1995). The moral drama of multicultural education. In Joel Best (Ed.), Images of issues: Typifying contemporary social problems (2nd ed.). Social problems and social issues. (pp. 81-99). New York, NY: Aldine de Gruyter.

 

Neufeld, M. R., Thisted, J. A., & Courtis, C. (1999). De eso no se habla-- los usos de la diversidad sociocultural en la escuela. (Buenos Aires): Eudeba.

 

New, R. S., & Mallory, B. L. (1996). The paradox of diversity in early care and education. In Elizabeth J. Erwin (Ed.), Putting children first: Visions for a brighter future for young children and their families. (pp. 143-167). Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes Publishing Co.

 

New Jersey Education Association/National Education Association Ethnic Heritage Projects. (1975). Roots of America: A multiethnic curriculum resource guide for 7th, 8th, and 9th grade social studies teachers. Washington: National Education Association of the United States.

 

Ng, R. (Ed.). (1995). Anti-racism, feminism, and critical approaches to education. Westport, Conn.: Bergin & Garvey.

 

Ng, R., Scane, J., & Staton, P. A. (Eds.). (1995). Anti-racism, feminism, and critical approaches to education. Toronto: OISE Press.

 

Ng, R., Staton, P., & Scane, J. (Eds.). (1995). Anti-racism, feminism, and critical approaches to education. Westport, CT: Bergin & Garvey/Greenwood.

 

Ng, S. H. (Ed.). (1998). Ages ahead: Promoting inter-generational relationships. Wellington (N.Z.: Victoria University Press.

 

Nichols, C. N. (1996). Group therapy with seriously emotionally disturbed children: Case illustration of Sam: A 9-year-old African American child. In Faith H. McClure, & Edward Teyber (Eds.), Child and adolescent therapy: A multicultural-relational approach. (pp. 321-356). Ft Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace College Publishers.

 

Niehaus, E. (1988). Fremdsprachenunterricht und interkulturelle Verständigungsfähigkeit (Dissertation). Saarbrücken: Breitenbach.

 

Nieto, S. (1992). Affirming diversity. The sociopolitical context of multicultural education. London: Longman.

 

Nieto, S. (1996). Affirming diversity. The sociopolitical context of multicultural education. London: Longman.

 

Nieto, S. (1999). The light in their eyes creating multicultural learning communities. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Nieto, S. (2000). Affirming diversity the sociopolitical context of multicultural education. New York Don Mills, ON: Longman.

 

Nieto, S. (2002). Language, culture, and teaching critical perspectives for a new century. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

 

Nigris, E. (1996), La prospettiva ´globale´ negli studi psicopedagogici. In Nigris, E. (Ed.), Educazione interculturale (pp. 108-134). Milano: B. Mondadori.

 

Nihon Rodo Kenkyu Kiko. (1993). Zaibei shijo no ibunka keiken to sono kyaria e no eikyo ni kansuru yobi hokoku. Tokyo: Nihon Rodo Kenkyu Kiko.

 

Nikitorowicz, J. (1997). Rodzina wobec wyzwa n edukacji miedzykulturowej. Bialstok: Trans Humana.

 

Nikitorowicz, J., & Sobecki, M. (1999). Edukacja miedzykulturowa w wymiarze instytucjonalnym. Bialstok: Trans Humana.

 

Niles, F. S. (1995). Cultural-Differences in Learning-Motivation and Learning-Strategies: A Comparison of Overseas and Australian Students at an Australian University. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 19(3), 369-385.

 

Nixon, J. (1985). A teacher´s guide to multicultural education. Oxford (Oxfordshire) New York, NY, USA: Blackwell.

 

Nixon, R. (1992). London calling: V.S. Naipaul, postcolonial Mandarin. New York: Oxford University Press.

 

Nordiska språk- och informationscentret. (1986). Att förstå varandra i Mittnorden Nordiskt seminarium 10-12 oktober 1985, Hola folkhögskola, Nyland, Sverige. Helsingfors: Nordiska språk- och informationscentret.

 

Nordiska språk- och informationscentret. (1986). Att förstå varandra i Sydnorden Nordiskt seminarium 7-9 november 1986, Schæfergården, Gentofte, Danmark. Helsingfors: Nordiska språk- och informationscentret.

 

Nordquist, J. (1992). The multicultural education debate in the university. A bibliography. Reference and Res. Services.

 

North Atlantic Treaty Organization. (1970). Conférence OTAN Entraînement spécial de forces multilatérales. 22 au 26 juillet 1969, Quartier général de l´OTAN, Bruxelles. (Louvain: Impr. orientaliste.

 

Nous tous un soleil (Association). (1997). Nos passés, notre avenir un projet d´éducation interculturelle. Montréal: Éditions Saint-Martin.

 

Noyau, C., & Porquier, R. (1984). Communiquer dans la langue de l´autre. Saint-Denis: Presses universitaires de Vincennes.

 

Numata, H. (1998). Kokusaika jidai Nihon no kyoiku to bunka. Tokyo: Toshindo.

 

Nunes, T., Carraher, D. W., & Schliemann, A. D. (1993). Street mathematics and school mathematics. New York: Cambridge University Press.

 

Nwoye, J. (1999). Multi-cultural education insight on policies and practices in selected schools. Dubuque, IA: Kendall/Hunt Co..

 

Nylen, D. (1960). Handbook of staff development and human relations training materials development for use in Africa. Washington, D.C.: National Training Laboratories Institute for Applied Behavioral Science European Institute for Trans-National Studies in Group and Organizational Development.

 

O´Connell, J. T. (Ed.). (1989). Presenting Tagore´s heritage in Canada. Toronto: Rabindranath Tagore Lectureship Foundation.

 

O´Connor, E. (1980). World studies in the European classroom. Strasbourg: Council for Cultural Co-operation, Council of Europe.

 

O´Donnell, J. (Ed.). (1998). Speaking the unpleasant the politics of (non)engagement in the multicultural education terrain. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

O´Donnell, J., & Chávez, R. C. (Eds.). (1998). Speaking the unpleasant: The politics of (non)engagement in the multicultural education terrain. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

O´Keeffe, B. (1986). Faith, culture, and the dual system. A comparative study of church and county schools. London: Falmer Press.

 

Obara, T. (1991). Kokusai shakai to Nihon. Tokyo-to Machida-shi: Tamagawa Daigaku Shuppanbu.

 

Obiakor, F. E. (2001). It even happens in ”good” schools responding to cultural diversity in today´s classrooms. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press.

 

OCDE,CERI (1987). Immigrants´ children at school. Paris: O ECO, CERI.

 

OCDE CERI (1989). One school, many cultures. Paris: OECD, CERI.

 

Ogbu, J. U. (1978). Minority education and caste the American system in cross-cultural perspective. New York: Academic Press.

 

Okazaki, S. (1998). Teaching gender issues in Asian American psychology: A pedagogical framework. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 22(1), 33-52.

 

Oliver, E. I. (1994). Crossing the mainstream. Multicultural perspectives in teaching literature. National Council of Teachers of English.

 

Oliveras, M. L. (1996). Etnomatemáticas. Formación de profesores e innovación curricular. Granada: Comares.

 

Oliveras, M. L. (2001). Etnomatemáticas. Jornadas sobre Investigación en el aula de Matemáticas. Atención a la diversidad (pp. 51-61). Granada: Universidad de Granada/Departamento de Didáctica de la Matemática y Sociedad Andaluza de Profesores de Matemáticas ´Thales´.

 

Oliveras, M. L., Favilli, F., & César, M. (2002). Teacher training for intercultural education based on Ethnomathematics. In E. Sebastiani Ferreira (Ed.), Proceedings of the II International Congress on Ethnomathematics. Ouro Preto, Brasil.

 

Olofsson, E. (1992). Africa Sweden = Suède Afrique. (Stockholm): Swedish National Committee of ICOM.

 

Omizo, M. M., & D´Andrea, M. J. (1995). Multicultural classroom guidance. In Courtland C. Lee (Ed.), Counseling for diversity: A guide for school counselors and related professionals. (pp. 143-158). Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Ong, A. (1999). Flexible citizenship: The cultural logics of transnationality. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

 

Ontario B. A., & Ijaz, A. (1992). Changing perspectives: A resource guide for antiracist and ethnocultural-equity education : all division and OAC´s, 1992. Toronto: The Ministry.

 

 

Ontario C. L. (1989). Cultural interpreter training manual. Toronto: The Branch.

 

Ontario Human Rights Commission. I. M. A. (1985). Towards a policy.. race and ethnic relations in the education system. Toronto: Ontario Ministry of Labour Ontario Human Rights Commission, Race Relations Division.

 

Ontario Institute for Studies in Education of the University of Toronto. (2002). Teacher education seminar EDU 6000 : Student reader. (Toronto): Ontario Institute for Studies in Education of the University of Toronto.

 

Ontario. (1970). Canada: Multicultural: a public conference designed to provide a forum for public comment, opinions and analysis of the fourth volume of the Report of the Royal Commission on Bilingualism and Bi-culturalism (held at the) University of Toronto, Hart Hou. Toronto: Citizenship Branch, Dept. of Provincial Secretary and Citizenship, Govt. of Ontario.

 

Ontario. (1977). Curriculum ideas for teachers..to accompany The Formative years..Primary and Junior divisions. Toronto: The Ministry.

 

Ontario. (1980). Anti-racism and educational equity in school boards. Toronto: The Ministry.

 

Ontario. (1987). Multiculturalism & health care: Culture simulator training for health care professionals. Toronto: Ontario Ministry of Citizenship.

 

Ontario. (1987). The development of a policy on race and ethnocultural equity: Report of the Provincial Advisory Committee on Race Relations. --. Toronto, Ont.: Ministry of Education.

 

Ontario. (1989). Changing perspectives: A resource guide for race and ethnocultural equity : junior kindergarten-grade 12/OACs : validation draft. Toronto: The Ministry.

 

Ontario. (1989). Intercultural communication training. --. Toronto: Ministry of Citizenship.

 

Ontario. (1991). Unity in diversity: Curriculum resource guide for ethnocultural equity and antiracist education (primary and junior divisions) : draft. Toronto: The Ministry.

 

Ontario. (1993). Antiracism and ethnocultural equity in school boards guidelines for policy development and implementation. (Toronto): Ontario Ministry of Education and Training.

 

Ontario. (1993). L´antiracisme et l´équité ethnoculturelle dans les conseils scolaires lignes directrices pour l´élaboration et la mise en oeuvre d´une politique. (Toronto, Ont.): Ontario. Ministère de l´éducation et de la formation.

 

Ontario. (1993). Opening or closing exercises for public schools in Ontario. (Toronto, Ont.): Ontario Ministry of Education and Training.

 

Ontario. C. L. (1989). Cultural interpreter training manual. (Toronto): The Branch.

 

Opitz, M. F. (1998). Literacy instruction for culturally and linguistically diverse students a collection of articles and commentaries. Newark, Del.: International Reading Association.

 

Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (Ed.). (1985). Education and cultural and linguistic pluralism. (Ottawa): Multiculturalism Canada.

 

Orlando, L. (1995). African folktales & activities authentic tales to build geography skills and cultural awareness. New York, NY: Scholastic Professional Books.

 

Ortiz, A. A. (Ed.). (1988). Schools and the culturally diverse exceptional student promising practices and future directions. Reston, VA: Council for Exceptional Children.

 

Ortiz, A. A., & Ramirez, B. A. (Eds.). (1988). Schools and the culturally diverse exceptional student. Promising practices and future directions. Council for Exceptional Children.

 

Ortiz-Franco, L. (1998). Ethnomathematics in the Classroom. In M. L. Oliveras, J. Fernández & J. Fuentes (Eds.), Actas del Primer Congreso Internacional de Etnomatemáticas. Granada: Universidad de Granada.

 

Osaka (Japan: Prefecture). (1984). 83 Foramu in Osaka ”Ajia Taiheiyo Chiiki ni Okeru Toshikan Koryu” nichiji Showa 58-nen 10-gatsu 24, 25-nichi : Kaijo Osaka Shoko Kaigisho Kokusai Kaigi Horu. Tokyo: Sogo Kenkyu Kaihatsu Kiko.

 

Osler, A. (Ed.). (1994). Development education global perspectives in the curriculum. London: Cassell.

 

Osler, A. (Ed.). (2000). Citizenship and democracy in schools diversity, identity, equality. Stoke-on-Trent, UK Sterling, VA: Trentham.

 

Osler, A., & Morrison, M. (2000). Inspecting schools for race equality OFSTED´s strengths and weaknesses : A report for the Commission for Racial Equality. Stoke on Trent: Trentham Books.

 

Oudenhoven, N. (1979). Le jeu du monde. New York: UNICEF.

 

Oudenhoven, N. (1979). World card game. New York: UNICEF.

 

Ouellet, F. (1988). Pluralisme et école jalons pour une approche critique de la formation interculturelle des éducateurs. Québec: Institut québécois de recherche sur la culture.

 

Ouellet, F. (1991). L´éducation interculturelle: essai sur le contenu de la formation des maîtres. Paris: L´Harmattan.

 

Ouellet, F. (1995). Les institutions face aux défis du pluralisme ethnoculturel. Québec: Institut québécois de recherche sur la culture.

 

Ouellet, F., & Pagé, M. (1991). Pluriethnicité, éducation et société construire un espace commun. Québec: Institut québécois de recherche sur la culture.

 

Ouellette, M. (1991). Former des adultes en milieu multiethnique. Laval, Québec: Beauchemin.

 

Ovando, C. J., & Collier, V. P. (1985). Bilingual and ESL classrooms. Teaching in multicultural contexts. New York: McGraw Hill.

 

Ovando, C. J., & Collier, V. P. (1985). Bilingual and ESL classrooms teaching in multicultural contexts. New York: McGraw-Hill.

 

Ovando, C. J., & Collier, V. P. (1998). Bilingual and ESL classrooms teaching in multicultural contexts. Boston, MA Toronto: McGraw-Hill.

 

Oviedo, A. (1996). Bilingual Deaf Education in Venezuela: Linguistic Comments on the Current Situation. In Lucas, Ceil (Ed.), Multicultural Aspects of Sociolinguistics in Deaf Communities. (pp. 61-79). Washington, DC: Gallaudet University Press.

 

Oxfam. (1970). The people G.R.I.D. (growth, relationships, inter-action, development) three games and activities for ages 8-12 years. --. (Oxford: Oxfam Education Dept..

 

Pack, R., & Parini, J. (Eds.). (1994). American identities: Contemporary multicultural voices. Hanover, NH: Middlebury College Press/University Press of New England.

 

Paco, D., & Siñani Catacora, E. (1998). Una aproximación a la educación intercultural de Bolivia y países latinoamericanos bibliografía comentada (1983-1997). La Paz, Bolivia: Centro Boliviano de Investigación y Acción Educativas Centro de Información y Documentación en Educación.

 

Page, N., & Clark, K. T. (1995). Sing and shine on!. The teacher´s guide to multicultural song leading. London: Heinemann.

 

Pai, Y., & Adler, S. A. (1997). Cultural foundations of education. Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Merrill.

 

Pai, Y., & Adler, S. A. (2001). Cultural foundations of education. Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Merrill.

 

Paige, R. M. (1986). Trainer Competencies: The Missing Conceptual Link in Orientation. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 10(2), 135-158.

 

Paige, R. M. (1996). Intercultural trainer competencies. In Dan Landis, & Rabi S. Bhagat (Eds.), Handbook of intercultural training (2nd ed.). (pp. 148-164). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

 

Paige, R. M. (Ed.). (1993). Education for the intercultural experience. Yarmouth: Intercultural Press.

 

Paillé, M. (1991). Les écoliers du Canada admissibles à recevoir leur instruction en français ou en anglais. (Québec): Gouvernement du Québec, Conseil de la langue française, Direction des études et recherches.

 

Paley, V. G. (1995). Kwanzaa and me. A teacher´s story. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

 

Palmer, F. (1986). Anti-racism: An assault on education and value. London: Sherwood Press.

 

Palmer, F. (Ed.). (1986). Anti-racism: An assault on education and value. London: Sherwood Press.

 

Palo Alto PTA Council. (1972). Report of the Ad Hoc Committee for the Multicultural Review of Textbooks. (Palo Alto, Calif.): Palo Alto PTA Council.

 

Palumbo-Liu, D., & Gumbrecht, H. U. (Eds.). (1997). Streams of cultural capital: Transnational cultural studies. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press.

 

Pang, V. O. (Ed.). (1998). Struggling to be heard the unmet needs of Asian Pacific American children. Albany (NY): State University of New York Press.

 

Pang, V. O., & Cheng, L. R. L. (Eds.). (1998). Struggling to be heard: The unmet needs of Asian Pacific American children. Albany (NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Paranjape, M. R. (1995). The narrator. A novel. Rupa and Co.

 

Parker, K. D. (1995). Prevalence of cocaine use: A multi-ethnic comparison. Western Journal of Black Studies, 19(1), 30-36.

 

Parker, W. M. (1987). Flexibility: A primer for multicultural counseling. Counselor Education and Supervision, 26(3), 176-180.

 

Parker-Jenkins, M. (1995). Children of Islam a teacher´s guide to meeting the needs of Muslim pupils. Stoke-on-Trent, England: Trentham.

 

Pasternak, M. G. (1979). Helping kids learn multi-cultural concepts a handbook of strategies. Champaign, Ill.: Research Press Co..

 

Patel, K. (1994). Multicultural education in all-white areas. Aldershot: Avebury.

 

Patthey-Chavez, G., & Gergen, C. (1992) Culture as an Instructional  Resource in the Multiethnic Composition Classroom. Journal of  Basic Writing, 11(1). 75-96.

 

Pauwels, A. (1994). Applying Linguistic Insights in Intercultural Communication to Professional Training Programs: An Australian Case Study. Multilingua: Journal of Cross Cultural and Interlanguage Communication, 13(1-2), 195-212.

 

Pauwels, A. (1995). Cross-cultural communication in the health sciences: Communicating with migrant patients. South Melbourne: Macmillan Education Australia.

 

Payne, J. (Ed.). (1989). Babel: The cultural and linguistic barriers between nations. Aberdeen: Aberdeen University.

 

Payne, J. R. (Ed.). (1992). Multicultural autobiography. American lives. Knoxville, TN: University of Tennessee Press.

 

Peacock, A. (Ed.). (1992). Science in primary schools the multicultural dimension. London: Routledge.

 

Pedersen, P. (1989). The Effect of Secrecy on the International Educational Exchange of Scientific Knowledge. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 13(4), 485-499.

 

Pedersen, P., & Carey, J. C. (Eds.). (1993). Multicultural counseling in schools. A practical handbook. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Pederson, P. (Ed.). (1975). Readings in intercultural communication: Cross-cultural counseling : intercultural helping relationships. Pittsburgh, Pa.: University of Pittsburgh.

 

Peeke, P. A., Steward, R. J., & Ruddock, J. A. (1998). Urban Adolescents Personality and Learning Styles: Required Knowledge to Develop Effective Interventions in Schools. Journal of Multicultural Counseling and Development, 26(2), 120-136.

 

Peel (Ont.: Regional municipality). (1988). Multiculturalism/race relations: Policies and regulations. Mississauga, ON: The Board.

 

Pelz, M. (1989). Lerne die Sprache des Nachbarn grenzüberschreitende Spracharbeit zwischen Deutschland und Frankreich. Frankfurt am Main: Diesterweg.

 

Pendakur, R. (1990). Speaking in tongues: Heritage language maintenance and transfer in Canada. Ottawa: Multiculturalism and Citizenship Canada.

 

Penketh, L. (2000). Tackling institutional racism anti-racist policies and social work education and training. Bristol: Policy Press.

 

Penketh, L. (2000). Tackling institutional racism: Anti-racist policies and social work education and training. Bristol: Policy Press.

 

Pérez del Viso de Palou, R., & Kreibohm de Brizuela, I. (1997). Forjando la diversidad. San Salvador de Jujuy, República Argentina: Universidad Nacional de Jujuy.

 

Pérez Ponce, J. M. (Ed.). (1976). Intercultural education in the two-year college a handbook on strategies for change. New York: Issued by Learning Resources in International Studies Published cooperatively by American Association of Community and Junior Colleges Council for Intercultural Studies and Programs University of the State of New York, State Education Dept..

 

Perotti, A. (1997). Apologia do intercultural. Lisboa : Secretariado Coordenador dos Programas de Educação Multicultural.

 

Perry, M. (2000). Walking the color line: The art and practice of anti-racist teaching. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Perry, T. (Ed.). (1993). Freedom´s plow teaching in the multicultural classroom. New York London: Routledge.

 

Perry, T., & Fraser, J. W. (Eds.). (1993). Freedom´s plow. Teaching in the multicultural classroom. London: Routledge.

 

Persaud, R. (1994). Making it through college. The multicultural guide for success and surviving the real deal. D and R Pub.

 

Peterat, L. (1991). Food security a development/global education issue. Ottawa, ON: Canadian Home Economics Association.

 

Peters, A. (1982). Building the bridges report of the National Conference on Multicultural Education, November 11-14, 1981, Winnipeg, Manitoba. Regina: L.A. Weigl Educational Associates.

 

Petit, M. (1991). L´Europe interculturelle: mythe ou réalité? Paris: PUF.

 

Petronio, A. A., & Huddart, C. (1989). Immigration and multiculturalism these materials were prepared for a Continuing Legal Education seminar held in Vancouver, B.C. on February 23, 1989. Vancouver: Continuing Legal Education Society of British Columbia.

 

Petty, J. B. (1994). Promoting cultural awareness an analysis of the involvement of Arkansas elementary school librarians. Ann Arbor, Mich.: University Microfilms International.

 

Pflaum, S. W. (Ed.). (1994). Experiencing diversity toward educational equity. Thousand Oaks London: Corwin Sage.

 

Phelan, P., & Davidson, A. L. (Eds.). (1993). Renegotiating cultural diversity in American schools. New York, NY: Teachers College Press.

 

Philipp, M. G. (1994). De l´approche interculturelle en éducation compléments aux actes de l´Université d´été, Strasbourg (15-21 juillet 1992), Quelle éducation interculturelle? Pour quelle intégration. Sèvres: Centre international d´études pédagogiques, Bureau d´études pour les langues et les cultures.

 

Phinney, J. S., & Alipuria, L. L. (1996). At the interface of cultures: Multiethnic/multiracial high school and college students. Journal of Social Psychology, 136(2), 139-158.

 

Phinney, J. S., & Onwughalu, M. (1996). Racial Identity and Perception of American Ideals Among African-American and African Students in the United-States. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 20(2), 127-140.

 

Piaget, J., Grize, J. B., Szeminska, A., & Bang, V. (1968). Epistémologie et psychologie de la fonction. Paris: PUF.

 

Pickens, G. M. (1993). Breaking the Illusion: A Contemporary Model of African-American Consciousness with Implications for Multi-Ethnic Education. Dissertation-Abstracts-International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1993 July, 54:1, 180A DAI No.: DA9313268. Northern Illinois U.

 

Pickett, L. (1995). Multicultural training workshops for teachers. Transactional Analysis Journal, 25(3), 250-258.

 

Pignatelli, F., & Pflaum, S. W. (Eds.). (1994). Experiencing diversity. Toward educational equity. Corwin Press.

 

Piirainen-Marsh, A. (1995). Face in second language conversation. Jyväskyla: University of Jyväskyla.

 

Pilger, M. A. (1992). Multicultural projects index. Things to make and do to celebrate festivals, cultures, and holidays around the world. Englewood: Libraries Unlimited.

 

Pino, L. A., & Nelir Dalostto, F. (1996). Las escuelas bilingües Toba y Mocoví. Santa Fe, Argentina: Ediciones AMSAFE.

 

Pinsent, P. (Ed.). (1992). Language, culture, and young children: Developing English in the multi-ethnic nursery and infant school. London: David Fulton Publishers.

 

Pizzillo, J. J. (1983). Intercultural studies. Schooling in diversity. Dubuque, IA: Kendall & Hunt.

 

Podgorny, I. (1999). Arqueología de la educación. Textos, indicios, monumentos la imagen de los indios en el mundo escolar. Buenos Aires: Sociedad Argentina de Antropología.

 

Poglia, E. (1995). Interkulturelle Bildung in der Schweiz Fremde Heimat. Bern New York: P. Lang.

 

Poglia, E. (1995). Pluralité culturelle et éducation en Suisse Etre migrant II. Bern New York: P. Lang.

 

Pollard, W. R. (1989). Gender Stereotypes and Gender Roles in Cross-Cultural Education: The Cultural Assimilator. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 13(1), 57-72.

 

Pompa, D. (Ed.). (1994). Looking for America. A report from the National Coalition of Advocates for Students. National Coalition of Advocates for Students.

 

Pompa, D., Gill, L., Reilly, M., & Wheelock, A. (Eds.). (1994). Looking for America: A report. Boston, MA: NCAS.

 

Poncet, A. (1982). Anti-Racist Strategies in Frank Norris´ Fiction; Actes du G(roupe de) R(echerche et d´) E(tudes) N(ord)-A(mericaines), 1981. In S. Ricard (Ed.), Les Americains et les autres. (pp. 55-63). Aix-en-Provence: Pubs. University de Provence.

 

Ponterotto, J. G., Baluch, S., Greig, T., & Rivera, L. (1998). Development and Initial Score Validation of the Teacher Multicultural Attitude Survey. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 58(6), 1002-1016.

 

Pontius, A. A. (1997). Impact of Literacy Training on Spatial Representation in Southwest Ethiopia. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 21(3), 299-304.

 

Pope, R. L., & Reynolds, A. L. (1997). Student Affairs Core Competences: Integrating Multicultural Awareness, Knowledge, and Skills. Journal of College Student Development, 38(3), 266-277.

 

Pornbacher, U. (1990). Migration und interkulturelle Erziehung in Europa. Migration and intercultural education in Europe. Migration et education interculturelle en Europe. Bibliography for 1987. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

 

Porter, E. (1987). Foreign Involvement in Chinas Colleges and Universities: A Historical-Perspective. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 11(4), 369-385.

 

Porter, J. (Ed.). (1995). Ballads and boundaries narrative singing in an intercultural context : Proceedings of the 23rd International Ballad Conference of the Commission for Folk Poetry (Société Internationale d´Ethnologie et de Folklore), University of California, Los Angeles. (Los Angeles, Calif.): UCLA, Dept. of Ethnomusicology & Systematic Musicology.

 

Powell, A. B., & Frankenstein, M. (1997). Ethnomathematics: Challenging eurocentrism in marhematics education. Albany: SUNY Press.

 

Powell, R. (2001). Straight talk growing as multicultural educators. New York: P. Lang.

 

Powell, R. R., Zehm, S. J., & Garcia, J. (1996). Field experience. Strategies for exploring diversity in schools. Indianapolis, IN: Bobbsÿ2DMerrill.

 

Powell, T. B. (Ed.). (1999). Beyond the binary reconstructing cultural identity in a multicultural context. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press.

 

Powell, T. B. (2000). Ruthless democracy: A multicultural interpretation of the American renaissance. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press.

 

Power, F. C., & Lapsley, D. K. (Eds.). (1992). The Challenge of pluralism. Education, politics and values. Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame Press.

 

Prakash, M. S., & Esteva, G. (1998). Escaping education living as learning within grassroots cultures. New York: P. Lang.

 

Pratt, D. D. (1991). Conceptions of Self Within China and the United-States: Contrasting Foundations for Adult-Education. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 15(3), 285-310.

 

Preiswerk, R. (1975). Le Savoir et le faire: Relations interculturelles et développement. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.

 

Pruegger, V. J., & Rogers, T. B. (1994). Cross-Cultural Sensitivity-Training: Methods and Assessment. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 18(3), 369-387.

 

Ptak, C. L., Cooper, J., & Brislin, R. (1995). Cross-Cultural Training-Programs: Advice and Insights from Experienced Trainers. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 19(3), 425-453.

 

Puech, G., & Dupont, N. (1996). Francophony and Intercultural Relations: Planning a University Network at Lumiere-Lyon 2; Francophonie et relations interculturelles: amenagement d´une filiere universitaire a Lumiere-Lyon 2. French Review, 69(6), 967-978. .

 

Pugh, S. L., Hicks, J. W., & Davis, M. (1997). Metaphorical ways of knowing: The imaginative nature of thought and expression. Urbana, Ill.: National Council of Teachers of English.

 

Puig, G. (1992). Recerca i educació interculturals: Actes de la Conferència Europea de Sant Feliu de Guíxols. Barcelona: La Llar del Llibre.

 

Pumfrey, P. D. (Ed.). (1988). Educational attainments issues and outcomes in multicultural education. London New York: Falmer Press.

 

Pumfrey, P. D. (Ed.). (1990). Race relations and urban education contexts and promising practices. London New York: Falmer Press.

 

Pumfrey, P. D. (Ed.). (1993). Cross-curricular contexts, themes and dimensions in secondary schools. London, (Eng.) Washington, DC: Falmer Press.

 

Pumfrey, P. D. (Ed.). (1993). Cultural diversity and the curriculum. London Washington, D.C.: Falmer Press.

 

Pumfrey, P. D., & Verma, G. K. (Eds.). (1990). Race relations and urban education. Contexts and promising practices. London: Falmer Press.

 

Pumfrey, P. D., & Verma, G. K. (Eds.). (1993). The Foundation subjects and religious education in secondary schools. London: Falmer Press.

 

Pusch, M. D. (1979). Multicultural education a cross cultural training approach. La Grange Park, Ill.: Intercultural Network.

 

Putnam, J. A. W. (1997). Cooperative learning in diverse classrooms. Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Merrill.

 

Putnam, J. A. W. (Ed.). (1993). Cooperative learning and strategies for inclusion celebrating diversity in the classroom. Baltimore: Paul H. Brookes Co..

 

Putnam, J. A. W. (Ed.). (1998). Cooperative learning and strategies for inclusion celebrating diversity in the classroom. Baltimore, MD Toronto: Paul H. Brookes Publishing.

 

Putnam, J. W. (Ed.). (1993). Cooperative learning and strategies for inclusion. Celebrating diversity in the classroom. Brookes, P.H.

 

Pütz, M. (1997). The Cultural context in foreign language teaching. Frankfurt am Main (Germany) New York: P. Lang.

 

Pym, A. (1997). Pour une éthique du traducteur. Arras (France Ottawa: Artois Presses université Presses de l´Université d´Ottawa.

 

Quasthoff, U. M. (1986). Nichtsprachliches und ”semisprachliches” Wissen in interkultureller Kommunikation und Fremdsprachendidaktik. (Nonlinguistic and ”Semilinguistic” Knowledge in Intercultural Communication and Foreign-Language Teaching). Neueren Sprachen, 85(3), 230-253.

 

Québec (Province). (1987). The Educational challenges of plurality advice to the Minister of Education. --. Québec: Conseil supérieur de l´éducation.

 

Québec (Province). (1987). Vivre la diversité en français, le défi de l´école française à clientèle pluriethnique de l´×le de Montréal rapport du Conseil de la langue française sur la place du français dans les écoles à clientèle pluriethnique de l´×le de Montréal. (Québec): Le Conseil.

 

Québec (Province). (1992). La représentation de la société québécoise dans les manuels scolaires. (Québec, Qué.): Direction générale des ressources didactiques et de la formation à distance, Direction des ressources didactiques et documentaires.

 

Québec (Province). C. M. (1985). Rapport du Comité sur l´école québécoise et les communautés culturelles. (Québec): Gouvernment du Québec, Ministère de l´éducation.

 

Quehl, T. (2000). Schule ist keine Insel britische Perspektiven antirassistischer Pädagogik. Münster: Waxmann.

 

Quenum, J. C. P. (1998). Interactions des systèmes éducatifs traditionnels et modernes en Afrique thèse de doctorat de sociologie de l´éducation, Université de Paris I-Panthéon-Sorbonne. Paris: Harmattan.

 

Quisenberry, N. L. (Ed.). (1999). Educators healing racism. Reston, VA Olney, MD: Association of Teacher Educators Association for Childhood Education International.

 

Quisenberry, N. L. (Ed.). (2002). Racism in the classroom case studies. Reston, VA Olney, MD: Association of Teacher Educators Association for Childhood Education International.

 

Raby, R. L. (Ed.). (1996). Dimensions of the community college international, intercultural, and multicultural perspectives. New York: Garland.

 

Raddatz, V. (1996). Foreign Language Instruction between Regional Studies and Interculturality: The Development of Didactic Parameters in the Tension between Product and Process; Fremdsprachenunterricht zwischen Landeskunde und Interkulturalitat: Die Entwicklung didaktischer Parameter im Spannungsfeld von Produkt und Prozess. Fremdsprachenunterricht, 40(4), 242-252.

 

Ragi, T. (1997). Minorités culturelles, école républicaine et configurations de l´Etat-nation. Paris: Harmattan.

 

Ragi, T., & Ben Abbad, B. (1998). Acteurs de l´intégration les associations et les pratiques éducatives. Amiens Paris: Licorne Diffusion, Harmattan.

 

Rahim, A. (1990). Multiculturalism or Ethnic Hegemony: A Critique of Multicultural Education in Toronto. Journal of Ethnic Studies, 18(3), 29-46.

 

Raina, M. K., & Vats, A. (1990). Life Goals of Indian and American-College Students. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 14(1), 57-71.

 

Rall, M. (1996). On Friendliness in the World: Concerning the Phatic Function of Language in Intercultural Dialogue; Von der Freundlichkeit in der Welt: Uber die phatische Funktion der Sprache im interkulturellen Dialog. Unterrichtspraxis / Teaching German, 29(1), 12-20.

 

Ramírez, M., & Castañeda, A. (1974). Cultural democracy, bicognitive development, and education. New York: Academic Press.

 

Ramsey, P. G. (1987). Teaching and learning in a diverse world. Multicultural education for young children. New York, NY: Teachers College Press.

 

Ramsey, P. G. (1998). Teaching and learning in a diverse world multicultural education for young children. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Ramsey, P. G., Vold, E. B., & Williams, L. R. (1989). Multicultural education. A source book. New York, NY: Garland.

 

Rao, N., & Svenkerud, P. J. (1998). Effective HIV/AIDS Prevention Communication Strategies to Reach Culturally Unique Populations: Lessons Learned in San-Francisco, USA and Bangkok, Thailand. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 22(1), 85-105.

 

Rasool, J., & Curtis, A. C. (2000). Multicultural education in middle and secondary classrooms meeting the challenge of diversity and change. Belmont, CA Toronto: Wadsworth.

 

Ray, D. (Ed.). (1992). Education and cultural differences new perspectives. New York: Garland.

 

Ray, D., & Poonwassie, D. H. (Eds.). (1992). Education and cultural differences. New perspectives. New York, NY: Garland.

 

Read, W. H. (1976). America´s mass media merchants. --. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.

 

Redmond, M. V., & Bunyi, J. M. (1993). The Relationship of Intercultural Communication Competence with Stress and the Handling of Stress as Reported by International Students. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 17(2), 235-254.

 

Reed, A. J. S., Bergemann, V. E., & Olson, M. W. (1998). In the classroom an introduction to education. Boston, MA: McGraw-Hill.

 

Reed, B. S. (Ed.). (1995). Outsiders in 19th-century press history: Multicultural perspectives. Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University Popular Press.

 

Reglin, G. L. (1995). Achievement for African-American students strategies for the diverse classroom. Bloomington, Ind.: National Educational Service.

 

Rego, M. A. S., & Nieto, S. (2000). Multicultural/Intercultural Teacher-Education in 2 Contexts: Lessons from the United-States and Spain. Teaching and Teacher Education, 16(4), 413-427.

 

Reich, H. H. (1995). Langues et cultures d´origine Herkunftssprachenunterricht in Frankreich. Münster New York: Waxmann.

 

Reich, H. H. (Ed.). (1992). Breaking the boundaries migrant workers´ children in the EC. Clevedon Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters.

 

Reich, R. (2002). Bridging liberalism and multiculturalism in American education. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

 

Reiss, M. J. (1993). Science education for a pluralist society. Buckingham: Open University Press.

 

Reissman, R. (1994). The evolving multicultural classroom. Association for Supervision & Curriculum Development.

 

Renjilian-Burgy, J., & Byrnes, H. (Eds.). (1992). Languages for a multicultural world in transition. National Textbook.

 

Renyi, J. (1993). Going public. Schooling for a diverse democracy. New York: New Press.

 

Retschitzki, J., Bossel-Lagos, M., & Dasen, P. R. (1989). La recherche interculturelle: Actes du deuxième Colloque de l´ARIC. Paris: L´Harmattan.

 

Reyes, P. (Ed.). (1999). Lessons from high-performing Hispanic schools creating learning communities. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Reyhner, J. A. (Ed.). (1988). Teaching the Indian child. A bilingual/multicultural approach. Eastern Montana College. For sale by Eastern Montana College. Bilingual Educ. Program.

 

Reyhner, J. A. (Ed.). (1992). Teaching American Indian students. Norman, OK: University of Oklahoma Press.

 

Reyhner, J. A. (Ed.). (1994). Teaching American Indian students. Norman, OK: University of Oklahoma Press.

 

Reynolds, A. G. (Ed.). (1991). Bilingualism, multiculturalism, and second language learning the McGill conference in honour of Wallace E. Lambert. Hillsdale, N.J. London: L. Erlbaum Associates.

 

Rheams, A. E., & Gallagher, M. (1995). CES--cultural, experimental, skill building: The cognitive foundation. Journal of Black Studies, 26(1), 3-16.

 

Rhoads, R. A. (1998). Freedom´s web student activism in an age of cultural diversity. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press.

 

Rice, T. (Ed.). (1989). Multicultural music education the ”Music means harmony” workshop. Toronto: Institute for Canadian Music, Faculty of Music, University of Toronto.

 

Rich, Y. (1993). Education and instruction in the heterogeneous class. Springfield, Ill., U.S.A.: Charles C. Thomas.

 

Rich, Y. (1996). ha-Kitah ha-hetrogenit hinukh ve-hora ah. Ramat-Gan: Universitat Bar-Ilan.

 

Rich, Y., Benari, R., Amir, Y., & Eliassy, L. (1996). Effectiveness of Schools with a Mixed Student Body of Natives and Immigrants. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 20(3-4), 323-339.

 

Richard-Amato, P. A., & Snow, M. A. (Eds.). (1992). The Multicultural classroom. Readings for content-area teachers. London: Longman.

 

Richards, E. (Ed.). (1995). Visible women female immigrants in colonial Australia. Canberra: Division of Historical Studies and Centre for Immigration and Multicultural Studies, Research School of social Sciences, Australian National University.

 

Richards, G. R., & Toronto, O. (1976). The development of a conceptual framework for the teaching of the cultural component of second languages. (Toronto: s.n.).

 

Richardson, R., Fisher, S., & Flood, M. (1970). Debate and decision schools in a world of change. London: Published in association with the Centre for Social Education by the World Studies Project.

 

Richardson, R., & Wood, A. (1999). Inclusive schools, inclusive society: race and identity on the agenda. Stoke on Trent, Sttafordshire: Trentham Books.

 

Richardson, R. C., & Skinner, E. F. (1991). Achieving quality and diversity. Universities in a multicultural society. London: MacMillan.

 

Richer, S., & Weir, L. (Eds.). (1995). Beyond political correctness. Toward the inclusive university. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

 

Rigg, P., & Enright, D. S. (Eds.). (1986). Children and ESL. Integrating perspectives. Bern: Lang.

 

Riley, P., ´Look in Thy Heart and Write´: Students´ representations of writing and learning to write a foreign language. In E. Ventola, & A. Mauranen (Eds.), Academic writing: Intercultural and textual issues. (pp. 115-136-18). Amsterdam Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

 

Rios, F. (1996). Teacher thinking in cultural contexts. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Rios, F., & NetLibrary, I. (1996). Teacher thinking in cultural contexts. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Rizvi, F. (1985). Multiculturalism as an educational policy. Victoria, (Australia): Deakin University.

 

Rizvi, F. (1986). Ethnicity, class and multicultural education sociology of the school. Victoria: Deakin University.

 

Roberts, H. (1994). Teaching from a multicultural perspective. Newbury Park: Sage.

 

Roberts, P. (1998). Multicultural friendship stories and activities for children ages 5-14. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press.

 

Roberts, P., & Cecil, N. L. (1993). Developing multicultural awareness through children´s literature. A guide for teachers and librarians, grades K-8. McFarland and Co.

 

Robins, K. N. (2002). Culturally proficient instruction a guide for people who teach. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press.

 

Robinson, B., & Bradley, L. J. (1997). Multicultural Training for Undergraduates: Developing Knowledge and Awareness. Journal of Multicultural Counseling and Development, 25(4), 281-289.

 

Robinson, D. (1996). World cultures through art activities. Englewood, Colo.: Teacher Ideas Press.

 

Robinson, G. L. (1978). Language and multicultural education an Australian perspective. Sydney: Australia & New Zealand Book Co..

 

Robinson, G. L. (1985). Crosscultural understanding processes and approaches for foreign language, English as a second language, and bilingual educators. New York: Pergamon Institute of English.

 

Robinson, G. L. (1985). Crosscultural understanding: Processes and approaches for foreign language, English as a second language, and bilingual educators. New York: Pergamon Institute of English.

 

Robinson, G. L. (1988). Crosscultural understanding. New York Toronto: Prentice Hall.

 

Robinson, J. S. (1997). Building cultural bridges. Bloomington, IN: National Educational Service.

 

Rocha-Trindade, M. B., & Mendes, M. L. S. (1996). Educação intercultural de adultos. Lisboa: Universidade Aberta.

 

Rodas, R., & Cotacachi, M. M. (1989). Crónica de un sueño las escuelas indígenas de Dolores Cacuango : Una experiencia de educación bilingüe en Cayambe = Mama dulu Cacuango : Huiñai causai yuyashca. Quito: Proyecto de Educación Bilingüe Intercultural MEC-GTZ.

 

Rodgers, M. E. (2000). Multicultural information quests instant research lessons, grades 5-8. Englewood, CO: Libraries Unlimited.

 

Rodriguez, A. J. (1998). Strategies for counterresistance: Toward sociotransformative constructivism and learning to teach science for diversity and for understanding. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 35(6), 589-622.

 

Rodriguez, F. (1983). Education in a multicultural society. Lanham, MD: University Press of America.

 

Rodriguez, F. (1983). Mainstreaming a multicultural concept into teacher education guidelines for teacher trainers. Saratoga, Calif.: R&E Publishers.

 

Roe, M. (1982). Multiculturalism, racism, and the classroom: A CEA report /Michael Roe. --. Toronto: Canadian Education Association.

 

Roe, M. (1983). Multiculturalisme et racisme à l´école: Rapport de l´ACE. Toronto: Association canadienne d´éducation = Canadian Education Association.

 

Roeder, P. M. (Ed.). (1995). Pluralism and education current world trends in policy, law, and administration. Berkeley (Berlin): Institute of Governmental Studies Press Max Planck Institute for Human Development and Education.

 

Rogers, M. R. (1998). The Influence of Race and Consultant Verbal-Behavior on Perceptions of Consultant Competence and Multicultural Sensitivity. School Psychology Quarterly, 13(4), 265-280.

 

Rogers, V. (1990). All the colours of the rainbow a multicultural storybook. (Vancouver): Pacific Educational Press Faculty of Education, The University of British Columbia.

 

Rogers, V. (1990). Apple´s not the only pie a multicultural storybook. (Vancouver): Pacific Educational Press Faculty of Education, The University of British Columbia.

 

Rogers, V., & Stewart, S. (1993). The tale of a silly goose & other stories: A multicultural storybook. Vancouver: Pacific Educational Press.

 

Rohrlich, B. F., & Martin, J. N. (1991). Host Country and Reentry Adjustment of Student Sojourners. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 15(2), 163-182.

 

Roper, C. S., Chanslor, M., & Bystrom, D. G. (1996). Sex, Race, and Politics: An Intercultural Communication Approach to the Hill-Thomas Hearings. In Ragan, Sandra L., Bystrom, Dianne G., Kaid, Lynda Lee, & Beck, Christina S. (Eds.), The Lynching of Language: Gender, Politics, and Power in the Hill-Thomas Hearings. (pp. 44-60). Urbana, IL: University Illinois Press.

 

Rösch, H. (2000). Jim Knopf ist nicht schwarz Anti-/Rassismus in der Kinder- und Jugendliteratur und ihrer Didaktik. Baltmannsweiler: Schneider Verlag Hohengehren.

 

Rösch, O. (2000). Stereotypisierung des Fremden Auswirkungen in der Kommunikation. Berlin: News & Media.

 

Rösch, O. (2001). Stereotypisierung des Fremden Auswirkungen in der Kommunikation. Berlin: News & Media.

 

Rosen, S. L. (1997). The self in American and Japanese cultures: Ideologies of the self in cross-cultural communication. alborg: Centre for Language and intercultural Studies, alborg University.

 

Rosenberg, J. (1991). A bibliography of works in folklore and education published between 1929 and 1990. American Folklore Soc. Folklore and Educ. Section.

 

Rosenthal, J. W. (1996). Teaching science to language minority students theory and practice. Clevedon Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters.

 

Rosnani Hashim. (1996). Educational dualism in Malaysia implications for theory and practice. Kuala Lumpur (Malaysia) New York: Oxford University Press.

 

Ross, E. L. (1978). Interethnic communication: E. Lamar Ross, editor. --. Athens: University of Georgia Press.

 

Ross, P. G., & Krider, D. S. (1992). Off the Plane and into the Classroom: A Phenomenological Explication of International Teaching Assistants Experiences in the American Classroom. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 16(3), 277-293.

 

Rothlein, L., & Wild, T. C. (1993). Multicultural books for the primary grades. GoodYearBooks.

 

Rothlein, L., Wild, T. C., & Summers, T. (1993). Multicultural books for the primary grades. GoodYearBooks.

 

Rothstein, S. W. (Ed.). (1995). Class, culture, and race in American schools. A handbook. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

 

Round, P. H. (1999). By nature and by custom cursed: Transatlantic civil discourse and New England cultural production, 1620-1660. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England.

 

Rubin, D. L., Ainsworth, S., Cho, E., Turk, D., & Winn, L. (1999). Are Greek Letter Social Organizations a Factor in Undergraduates Perceptions of International Instructors. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 23(1), 1-12.

 

Rubin, D. L., & Smith, K. A. (1990). Effects of accent, ethnicity, and lecture topic on undergraduates´ perceptions of nonnative English-speaking teaching assistants. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 14(3), 337-353.

 

Rutherford, J. (2000). The gauche intruder Freud, Lacan and the white Australian fantasy. Carlton, VIC: Melbourne University Press.

 

Ryan, J. (1999). Race and ethnicity in multi-ethnic schools a critical case study. Clevedon (England) Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters.

 

Ryan, J., & NetLibrary, I. (1999). Race and ethnicity in multi-ethnic schools a critical case study. Clevedon (England) Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters.

 

Ryan, J., Wignall, R., & Moore, S. (1994). Ethnocultural students, cultural discontinuities and school policies and practices barriers to achievement. (Toronto: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

 

Ryan, M. E., & Twibell, R. S. (2000). Concerns, Values, Stress, Coping, Health and Educational Outcomes of College-Students Who Studied Abroad. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 24(4), 409-435.

 

Ryan, M. W. (1989). Cultural journeys. 84 art and social science activities from around the world. Learning Publishers.

 

Sacco, S. J. (1987). The Intercultural Communication Course: A Response to the Carter Commissions Call for Increased Citizen Education in International-Affairs. Foreign Language Annals, 20(3), 239-243.

 

Sacks, D. O., & Thiel, P. A. (1995). The diversity myth ”multiculturalism” and the politics of intolerance at Stanford. Oakland, Calif.: Independent Institute.

 

Safty, A. (1990). Pour un enseignement dynamique et efficace. Sillery, Québec: Presses de l´Université du Québec.

 

Saint Augustine´s College (Raleigh, N. C. (1993). Journal of communication and minority issues JCMI. Raleigh, N.C.: Dept. of Communications of Saint Augustine´s College in conjunction with the Research Association of Minority Professors.

 

Sakhipova, Z. G. (1998). Rechevoe obshchenie v mnogoiazychnoi sem e problemy, poiski, rekomendatsii. Ufa: Kitap.

 

Saldana, J. (1995). Drama of color. Improvisation with multiethnic folklore. London: Heinemann.

 

Salzman, M. (1995). Attributional discrepancies and bias in cross-cultural interactions. Journal of Multicultural Counseling and Development, 23(3), 181-193.

 

Samuda, R. J., Berry, J. W., & Laferriere, M. (Eds.). (1984). Multiculturalism in Canada. Social and educational perspectives. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Samway, K. D., & Whang, G. (1996). Literature study circles in a multicultural classroom. Stenhouse Pubs..

 

Samway, K. D., Whang, G., & Eriksen, M. P. (1995). Buddy reading. Cross-age tutoring in a multicultural school. London: Heinemann.

 

Sanborn, M., Hursh, H., & Roe, R. (1986). Teaching about world cultures focus on developing regions. Denver, Colo.: Center for Teaching International Relations, University of Denver.

 

Sánchez Macarro, A., Salvador, V., & Gómez Molina, J. R. (Eds.). (1998). Pragmàtica intercultural. València: Facultat de Filologia, Universitat de València.

 

Sánchez Torrado, S. (1998). Ciudadanía sin fronteras cómo pensar y aplicar una educación en valores. Bilbao: Desclée de Brouwer.

 

Santos, J. (1991). Ensaios sobre Educação I - A Criança quem é?. Lisboa: Livros Horizonte.

 

Santos, J. (1991). Ensaios sobre Educação II - O falar das letras. Lisboa: Livros Horizonte.

 

Saracho, O. N. (Ed.). (1983). Understanding the multicultural experience in early childhood education. Washington, D.C.: National Association for the Education of Young Children.

 

Saravia-Shore, M., & Arvizu, S. F. (1992). Cross-cultural literacy: Ethnographies of communication in multiethnic classrooms. New York: Garland.

 

Saskatchewan. (1994). Multicultural education and heritage language education policies. (Regina, Sask.?): Saskatchewan Education, Training and Employment.

 

Saunders, M. (1982). Multicultural teaching. A guide for the classroom. New York: McGraw Hill.

 

Savard, P., & Vigezzi, B. (1999). Le Multiculturalisme et l´histoire des relations internationales du XVIIIe siècle à nos jours. Milano Ottawa: Edizioni Unicopli Presses de l´Université d´Ottawa.

 

Savi c, S., & Institut za juznoslovenske jezike (Novi Sad, S. (1989). Interkulturalizam kao oblik obrazovanja dece migranata van domovine zbornik radova. Novi Sad: Filozofski fakultet, Institut za juznoslovenske jezike.

 

Saville-Troike, M. (1975). The multi-cultural, multi-lingual reading program. Fair Lawn, N.J.: JAB Press.

 

Saville-Troike, M. (1978). A guide to culture in the classroom. Rosslyn, Va.: National Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education.

 

Sawadogo, G. (1995). Training for the African Mind. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 19(2), 281-293.

 

Sawyer, D., & Green, H. (1984). The NESA activities handbook for native and multicultural classrooms. Tillacum Lib.

 

Scane, J., Ng, R., & Staton, P. A. (1992). Multicultural, intercultural education and race relations: An annotated bibliography. Toronto: Green Dragon Press, Seacraft Publications.

 

Scarborough, H. A. (2001). Writing across the curriculum in secondary classrooms teaching from a diverse perspective. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Merrill Prentice Hall.

 

Scarborough Board of Education. (1988). Race relations, ethnic relations, and multicultural policy. Scarborough, Ont.: The Board.

 

Scarcella, R. C. (1990). Teaching language minority students in the multicultural classroom. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

 

Schaafsma, D. (1993). Eating on the street. Teaching literacy in a multicultural society. Pittsburgh, PA: University of Pitsburgh Press.

 

Scheu, U. D. (2000). Cultural Constraints in Bilinguals Codeswitching. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 24(1), 131-150.

 

Scheurich, J. J. (Ed.). (2002). Anti-racist scholarship an advocacy. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Schleicher, K., & Kozma, T. (Eds.). (1992). Ethnocentrism in education. Bern: Lang.

 

Schlesinger, A. M. (1991). The disuniting of America. Whittle Direct Books.

 

Schlesinger, A. M. (1992). The disuniting of America. New York, NY: Norton.

 

Schlesinger, A. M. (1998). The disuniting of America: Reflections on a multicultural society. New York: W.W. Norton.

 

Schley, S. (1996). What´s a Clock? ”Suppose the Alarm Lights Are Flashing..”: Sociolinguistic and Educational Implications of Comparing ASL and English Word Definitions. In Lucas, Ceil (Ed.), Multicultural Aspects of Sociolinguistics in Deaf Communities. (pp. 80-106). Washington, DC: Gallaudet University Press.

 

 

Schmidt, M. W., & Harriman, N. (1998). Teaching strategies for inclusive classrooms schools, students, strategies, and success. Fort Worth (TX) Toronto: Harcourt Brace College Publishers.

 

Schnell, J. A. (1999). Perspectives on communication in the People´s Republic of China. Lanham, MD: Lexington Books.

 

Schneller, R. (1989). Intercultural and Intrapersonal Processes and Factors of Misunderstanding: Implications for Multicultural Training. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 13(4), 465-484.

 

Schnitzer, E. (1995). English as an International Language: Implications for Interculturalists and Language Educators. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 19(2), 227-236.

 

Schoem, D. (Ed.). (1993). Multicultural teaching in the university. New York, NY: Praeger.

 

Schoem, D. (Ed.). (1995). Multicultural teaching in the university. New York: Praeger.

 

Schoem, D. L. (Ed.). (1993). Multicultural teaching in the university. Westport, Conn.: Praeger.

 

School of Global Education (Livonia, M. (1981). Global education social studies : Curriculum handbook. --. Livonia, Mich.: School of Global Education.

 

Schools Council (Great Britain). (1972). Race relations and the curriculum a short analysis and summary of work initiated by the Schools Council. London (England): The Council.

 

Schrader, A., Nikles, B., & Griese, H. M. (1976). Die zweite Generation Sozialisation u. Akkulturation ausländ. Kinder in d. Bundesrepublik. Kronberg: Athenäum-Verlag.

 

Schröter, H. (1999). Arabesken: Studien zum interkulturellen Verstehen im deutsch-marokkanischen Kontext. Frankfurt am Main: P. Lang.

 

Schuman, D., & Olufs, D. (1995). Diversity on campus. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Schuman, J. M. (1984). Art from many hands. Multicultural art projects. Davis Publishers (Worcester). For sale by Sterling.

 

Schwartz, C. G., & Kahne, M. J. (1993). Support for Student and Staff Wives in Social Transition in a University Setting. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 17(4), 451-463.

 

Schwartz, S. B. (Ed.). (1994). Implicit understandings: Observing, reporting, and reflecting on the encounters between Europeans and other peoples in the early modern era. Cambridge New York, NY: Cambridge University Press.

 

Schwarzwald, J., Kedem, P., & Fisher, S. (1996). Intergroup Acceptance and Perception of Israeli and Russian Immigrant Students. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 20(3-4), 427-440.

 

Schweitzer, H. (1994). Der Mythos vom interkulturellen Lernen: Zur Kritik der sozialwissenschaftlichen Grundlagen interkultureller Erziehung und subkultureller Selbstorganisation ethnischer Minderheiten am Beispiel der USA und der Bundesrepublik Deutschland. Münster: Lit.

 

Scolnicov, H. (Ed.). (1989). The Play out of context: Transferring plays from culture to culture. Cambridge (England New York: Cambridge University Press.

 

Scotchmer, S. P. (Ed.). (1993). Videos for understanding diversity a core selection and evaluative guide. Chicago: American Library Association.

 

Scott, C. (1993). Materials for race and cultural difference. Toronto, Ont.: Faculty of Law, University of Toronto.

 

Scott, C. (1994). Materials for race and cultural difference. Toronto: Faculty of Law, University of Toronto.

 

Scott, C. (1997). Materials for race and cultural difference. Toronto: Faculty of Law, University of Toronto.

 

Scott, C. (1999). Race and cultural difference. Toronto: Faculty of Law, University of Toronto.

 

Scott, C., Shaffer, M., Réaume, D., Trebilcock, M. J., Weinrib, L., Roach, K., Sharpe, R. J., & Mosher, J. E. (1992). Materials for race and cultural difference. Toronto, Ont.: Faculty of Law, University of Toronto.

 

Scott, F. B. (2001). Teaching in a multicultural setting a Canadian perspective. Toronto: Prentice Hall.

 

Seelye, H. N. (1972). Teaching cultural concepts in Spanish classes. Springfield, Ill.: Office of the Superintendent of Public Instruction.

 

Seelye, H. N. (1984). Teaching culture strategies for intercultural communication. Lincolnwood, IL: National Textbook Co..

 

Seelye, H. N. (1993). Teaching culture: Strategies for intercultural communication. Lincolnwood, Ill.: National Textbook Co..

 

Seelye, H. N. (1996). Experiential activities for intercultural learning. Yarmouth, Me., USA: Intercultural Press.

 

Segesvary, V. (2000). Inter-civilizational relations and the destiny of the West: Dialogue or confrontation? Lanham, MD: University Press of America.

 

Seidel, G. (1988). The British New Right´s ”Enemy Within”: The anti-racists. In G. Smitherman-Donaldson & T. A. Van Dijk (Eds.), Discourse and discrimination. (pp. 131-143). Detroit, MI: Wayne State University Press.

 

Seller, M. (Ed.). (1997). Beyond black and white new faces and voices in U.S. schools. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Seller, M., & Weis, L. (Eds.). (1997). Beyond black and white. New faces and voices in U.S. schools. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Sellers, M. N. S. (Ed.). (1994). An Ethical education. Community and morality in the multicultural university. Oxford: Berg.

.

 

Sercu, L. (2000). Acquiring intercultural communicative competence from textbooks the case of Flemish adolescent pupils learning German. Leuven: Leuven University Press.

 

Sergent, M. T., Woods, P. A., & Sedlacek, W. E. (1992). University student attitudes toward Arabs: Intervention implications. Journal of Multicultural Counseling and Development, 20(3), 123-131.

 

Sever, R. (1997). Ke-ilu sheha-kol be-seder gishur ben-tarbuti be-vate sefer : Lamah tsarikh oto ve-ekh  o sim et zeh? (Jerusalem): ha-Makhon le-heker ha-tipuah ba-hinukh, le-yad ha-Mo atsah ha-artsit shel nashim Yehudiyot be-Artsot ha-Berit ha-Universitah ha- Ivrit, Bet ha-sefer le-hinukh.

 

Severino, C. (Ed.). (1997). Writing in multicultural settings. New York: Modern Language Association of America.

 

Severino, C., Guerra, J. C., & Butler, J. E. (Eds.). (1997). Writing in multicultural settings. New York: Modern Language Association of America.

 

Seydegart, M. Council of Ministers of Education (Canada). (1994). The Global classroom appraisal and perspectives on education for international understanding : Canadian report. Toronto: Council of Ministers of Education.

 

Seyhan, A. (2001). Writing outside the nation. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press.

 

Shachar, H., & Amir, Y. (1996). Training teachers and students for intercultural cooperation in Israel: Two models. In Dan Landis, & Rabi S. Bhagat (Eds.), Handbook of intercultural training (2nd ed.). (pp. 400-413). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. .

 

Shade, B. (1995). Developing a Multicultural Focus in Teacher-Education: One Departments Story. Journal of Teacher Education, 46(5), 375-380.

 

Shade, B. J. (Ed.). (1989). Culture, style, and the educative process. London: Thomas.

 

Shade, B. J. (Ed.). (1997). Culture, style, and the educative process making schools work for racially diverse students. Springfield, IL: C.C. Thomas.

 

Shade, B. J., Kelly, C. A., & Oberg, M. (1997). Creating culturally responsive classrooms. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

 

Shan, S. J., & Bailey, P. (1991). Multiple factors classroom mathematics for equality and justice. Stoke-on-Trent: Trentham.

 

Shapiro, J. P., Sewell, T. E., & DuCette, J. P. (1995). Reframing diversity in education. Technomic.

 

Shapson, S. (Ed.). (1984). Bilingual and multicultural education Canadian perspectives. Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters.

 

Sharma, M. P., & Jung, L. B. (1985). How Cross-Cultural Social-Participation Affects the International Attitudes of United-States Students. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 9(4), 377-387.

 

Sharrow, G. (Ed.). (1992). Many cultures, one people. A multicultural handbook for Vermont teachers. Vermont Folklife Center.

 

Shaver, M. (1990). Cultural diversity programming in ARL libraries. --. Washington, D.C.: Office of Management Services, Association of Research Libraries.

 

Shaw, K. M. (Ed.). (1999). Community colleges as cultural texts qualitative explorations of organizational and student culture. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Shaw, S. (Ed.). (2000). Intercultural education in European classrooms. Stoke-on-Trent, England Sterling, VA: Trentham Books.

 

Shepard, K. E. (1995). Get with the act! The impact of popular theatre on anti-racist education. Ottawa: National Library of Canada = Bibliothèque nationale du Canada.

 

Sherer, M. (1992). Gender Differences in Criminal Activity Among Jewish and Arab Junior and Senior High-Schoolers in Israel. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 16(4), 361-381.

 

Sherman, R. L. (1990). Intergroup conflict on high school campuses. Journal of Multicultural Counseling and Development, 18(1), 11-18.

 

Shirley, L. (1998). Ethnomathematics in Teachers´ Education. In M. L. Oliveras, J. Fernández & J. Fuentes (Eds.), Actas del Primer Congreso Internacional de Etnomatemáticas. Granada: Universidad de Granada.

 

Shor, I. (Ed.). (1999). Education is politics critical teaching across differences, K-12. Portsmouth, NH: Boynton/Cook Heinemann.

 

Short, G., & Carrington, B. (1996). Anti-racist education, multiculturalism and the new racism. Educational Review, 48(1), 65-77.

 

Shull-Hiebenthal, J. (1994). Cultural connections. Torrance, Calif.: Frank Schaffer Publications.

 

Siccone, F. (1995). Celebrating diversity. Building self-esteem in today´s multicultural classrooms. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Siegel, F. (1992). The cult of multiculturalism. In Robert M. Baird, & Stuart E. Rosenbaum (Eds.), Bigotry, prejudice and hatred:  Definitions, causes & solutions. Contemporary issues. (pp. 77-85). Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books.

 

Siegel, J. T. (1986). Solo in the new order: Language and hierarchy in an Indonesian city. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press.

 

Siemerling, W., & Schwenk, K. (Eds.). (1996). Cultural difference and the literary text: Pluralism and the limits of authenticity in North American literatures. Iowa City: University of Iowa Press.

 

Sigel, R. S., & Hoskin, M. B. (Eds.). (1991). Education for democratic citizenship. A challenge for multi-ethnic societies. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

 

Sikkema, M., & Niyekawa, A. (1977). Cross-cultural learning & self-growth getting to know ourselves and others. New York: International Association of Schools of Social Work.

 

Sikkema, M., & Niyekawa, A. (1987). Design for cross-cultural learning. Yarmouth, Me.: Intercultural Press.

 

Sill, G. M. (1993). Opening the American mind race, ethnicity, and gender in higher education. Newark, DE London: University of Delaware Press Associated University Presses.

 

Sill, G. M. (Ed.). (1993). Opening the American mind. Race, ethnicity, and gender in higher education. University of Del. Press Associated Univ. Presses.

 

Silva, E. R. S . (1995). Jogos de quadrícula do tipo mancala com especial incidência nos praticados em Angola. Lisboa: Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical.

 

Silver, J., & Echevarria, J. (1995). Instructional conversations: Understanding through discussion. Santa Cruz, CA: National Center for Research on Cultural Diversity and Second Language Learning.

 

Simerville, C. L. (1961). Home visits abroad a guide to planning personal and professional visits, with some suggestions for entering a foreign culture.  In cooperation with the National Association of Foreign Student Advisers. Corvallis: Oregon State University Press.

 

Simons, G. F. (1989). Working together: How to become more effective in a multicultural organization. Los Altos, Calif.: Crisp Publications.

 

Simons, G. F., Abramms, B., Hopkins, L. A., & Johnson, D. J. (1996). Cultural diversity fieldbook fresh visions and breakthrough strategies for revitalizing the workplace. Princeton, N.J.: Peterson´s/Pacesetter Books.

 

Simons, G. F., Abramms, B., Hopkins, L. A., & Johnson, D. J. (1996). Cultural diversity fieldbook: Fresh visions and breakthrough strategies for revitalizing the workplace. Princeton, N.J.: Peterson´s/Pacesetter Books.

 

Simonson, R. (Ed.). (1988). Multi-cultural literacy. Saint Paul, Minn.: Graywolf Press.

 

Simonson, R., & Walker, S. (Eds.). (1988). Multi-cultural literacy. Saint Paul, Minn.: Graywolf Press.

 

Sims, S. J. (1994). Diversifying historically black colleges and universities. A new higher education paradigm. Westport, CN: Greenwood Press.

 

Sinauer, E. M. (1967). The role of communication in international training and education overcoming barriers to understanding with the developing countries. New York: F. A. Praeger.

 

Sing, R. N., & Lee, V. W. F. (1994). Delivering on the promise positive practices for immigrant students : A report. Boston, Mass.: The Coalition.

 

Singelis, T. M. (Ed.). (1998). Teaching about culture, ethnicity & diversity: Exercises and planned activities. Thousand Oaks, Calif.: Sage Publications.

 

Singer, M. S. (1993). Starting a Career: An Intercultural Choice Among Overseas Asian Students. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 17(1), 73-88.

 

Singer, R. (Ed.). (1992). Teaching from a multicultural perspective. Focus on international film. Justin Books.

 

Singh, G. (1993). Equality and education. Derby: Albrighton Publications.

 

Singy, P., & Trudgill, P. (1997). Communication et pragmatique interculturelles. Neuchâtel: Institut de linguistique de l´Université de Neuchâtel.

 

Siraj-Blatchford, I. (1994). The early years: Laying the foundations for racial equality. Stoke-on-Trent (England: Trentham Books.

 

Sitaram, K. S., & Cogdell, R. T. (1976). Foundations of intercultural communication. Columbus, Ohio: C. E. Merrill Co..

 

Sitter-Liver, B., & Uehlinger, C. (1997). Partnership in archaeology: Perspectives of a cross-cultural dialogue : 14th symposium (1994) of the Swiss Academy of Humanities and Social Sciences in cooperation with the Swiss-Liechtenstein Foundation for Archaeological Research Abroad with the part. Fribourg) Switzerland: Fribourg University Press.

 

Skovsmose, O. (1994). Towards a philosophy of critical mathematics education. Dordrecht: Kluwer.

 

Skutnabb-Kangas, T., & Phillipson, R. (1985). Educational strategies in multilingual contexts. Roskilde, Denmark: Roskilde universitetscenter.

 

Sleeter, C. E. (1991). Empowerment through multicultural education edited by Christine E. Sleeter. --. Albany, N.Y.: State University of New York Press.

 

Sleeter, C. E. (1991). Emprowerment through multicultural education. Albany, N.Y.: State University of New York Press

.

 

Sleeter, C. E. (1992). Keepers of the American dream. A study of staff development and multicultural education. London: Falmer Press.

 

Sleeter, C. E. (1996). Multicultural education as a social activism. Alabany, N. Y.: State University of New York Press.

 

Sleeter, C. E. (1996). Multicultural education as social activism. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Sleeter, C. E., & Grant, C. A. (1988). Making choices for multicultural education. Five approaches to race, class, and gender. Indianapolis, IN: Bobbsÿ2DMerrill.

 

Sleeter, C. E., & Grant, C. A. (1994). Making choices for multicultural education. Five approaches to race, class, and gender. Merrill Maxwell New York: Macmillan Can. Maxwell New York: Macmillan Int.

 

Sleeter, C. E., & Grant, C. A. (1999). Making choices for multicultural education five approaches to race, class, and gender. New York Toronto: Merrill.

 

Sleeter, C. E., & McLaren, P. (Eds.). (1995). Multicultural education, critical pedagogy, and the politics of difference. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Sleeter, C. E., & NetLibrary, I. (1996). Multicultural education as social activism. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Smallwood, B. A. (1991). The literature connection. A read-aloud guide for multicultural classrooms. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

 

Smiley, M. B. (1952). Intergroup education and the American college. New York: Bureau of Publications, Teachers College, Columbia University.

 

Smith, A., & Schneider, B. H. (2000). The Interethnic Friendships of Adolescent Students: A Canadian Study. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 24(2), 247-258.

 

Smith, D. J., & Tomlinson, S. (1989). The school effect a study of multi-racial comprehensives. London: Policy Studies Institute.

 

Smith, G. R. (1979). Cultural sight & insight dealing with diverse viewpoints and values. New York, NY: Global Perspectives in Education.

 

Smith, G. R., & Otero, G. G. (1989). Teaching about cultural awareness. Denver, Colo.: Center for Teaching International Relations, University of Denver, Colorado Seminary.

 

Smith, I. D., & Gopinathan, S. (2000). Better, Worse or Different: A Critique of Using Language Policies to Highlight and Contrast the Values That Shape Multicultural Societies: Examples from Singapore and Australia by Beatrice Boufoybastick (1997). Australian Journal of Education, 44(1), 43-50.

 

Smith, L. E., & Forman, M. L. (Eds.). (1997). World Englishes 2000. Honolulu: College of Languages, Linguistics, and Literature, University of Hawai´i and the East-West Center Distributed by University of Hawai´i Press.

 

Smith, L. E., & Rieder, J. (Eds.). (1996). Changing representations of minorities, East and West: Selected essays. Honolulu, Hawaii: College of Languages, Linguistics, and Literature, University of Hawaii East-West Center Distributed by University of Hawaii Press.

 

Smith, L. G. (Ed.). (1993). Change/education. Issues in perspective. LEPS Press.

 

Smith, L. G. (Ed.). (1995). Change/education. Issues in perspective. LEPS Press.

 

Smith, R. A. (1994). General knowledge and arts education: An interpretation of E.D.  Hirsch´s Cultural literacy. Urbana: University of Illinois Press.

 

Smith, S., Zachariah, M., & O´Reilly, R. (1993). Administration of multicultural education annotated bibliography and review of selected references. Calgary, Alta.: Department of Educational Policy and Administrative Studies, Faculty of Education, University of Calgary.

 

Smith, V., & Thompson, W. (1991). Anti-racist education and the adult learner: A handbook for educators in adult and continuing education programs. Toronto: Board of Education for the City of Toronto.

 

Smolicz, J. J., & Watts, R. J. (1997). Cultural democracy and ethnic pluralism multicultural and multilingual policies in education. Frankfurt am Main (Germany) New York: P. Lang.

 

Snell-Hornby, M., & Snell-Hornby, M. (1996). Translation und Text: Ausgewählte Vorträge. Wien: WUV-Universitätsverlag.

 

Snowden, F. M. (1983). Before color prejudice: The ancient view of Blacks. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.

 

Snowden, F. M. (1991). Before color prejudice. The ancient view of blacks. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

 

Social Text Collective. (Ed.). (1997). Dangerous liaisons: Gender, nation, and postcolonial perspectives. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

 

Society for Intercultural Education, T. R. (1977). International journal of intercultural relations. New York (etc.): Pergamon Press (etc.).

 

Sodowsky, G. R., Kuojackson, P. Y., Richardson, M. F., & Corey, A. T. (1998). Correlates of Self-Reported Multicultural Competences: Counselor Multicultural Social Desirability, Race, Social Inadequacy, Locus of Control Racial Ideology, and Multicultural Training. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 45(3), 256-264.

.

 

Solé, C. (1996). Racismo, etnicidad y educación intercultural. (Lleida): Universitat de Lleida.

 

Solomon, J. (1988). Everybody´s hair. London: A & C Black.

 

Solsken, J., Willett, J., & Wilsonkeenan, J. A. (2000). Cultivating Hybrid Texts in Multicultural Classrooms: Promise and Challenge. Research in the Teaching of English, 35(2), 179-212.

 

Sorani, S., & Shashar, E. (1985). Le-hakir  amim kerovim ketsad mitmodedim be-Yi sra el  im limud ha- Arvim ve-tarbutam. Yerushalayim: Mosad Van Lir bi-Yerushalayim be-shituf  im ha-Hevrah ha-Mizrahit ha-Yi sre elit.

 

Soto, L. D. (Ed.). (2000). The politics of early childhood education. New York: P. Lang.

 

Soto, L. D. (Ed.). (2002). Making a difference in the lives of bilingual/bicultural children. New York: P. Lang.

 

Souta, L. (1997). Multiculturalidade & educação. Porto: Profedições.

 

Souta, L. (1998). Educação sem exclusão: a utopia de fim de século. Porto: Sociedade Portuguesa de Antropologia e Etnologia.

 

Spack, R. (1996). Guidelines: A cross-cultural reading/writing text. New York: St. Martin´s Press.

 

Spencer, S. I. (1987). Foreign languages and international trade: A global perspective. Athens: University of Georgia Press.

 

Spencerrodgers, J. (2001). Consensual and Individual Stereotypic Beliefs About International Students Among American Host Nationals. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 25(6), 639-657.

 

Spickard, P. R., & Burroughs, W. J. (Eds.). (2000). We are a people: Narrative and multiplicity in constructing ethnic identity. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.

 

Spickard, P. R. (Ed.). (2000). We are a people narrative and multiplicity in constructing ethnic identity. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.

 

Spindler, G. D., & Spindler, L. S. (1990). The American cultural dialogue and its transmission. London: Falmer Press.

 

Spitta, S. (1995). Between two waters: Literary transculturation in Latin America. Houston, Tex.: Rice University Press.

 

Spolsky, B. (1998). Sociolinguistics. Oxford (England: Oxford University Press.

 

Spring, J. H. (1994). Deculturalization and the struggle for equality. A brief history of the education of dominated cultures in the United States. New York: McGraw-Hill.

 

Spring, J. H. (1995). The intersection of cultures. Multicultural education in the United States. New York: McGraw Hill.

 

Spring, J. H. (1997). Deculturalization and the struggle for equality a brief history of the education of dominated cultures in the United States. New York: McGraw-Hill.

 

Spring, J. H. (2000). The intersection of cultures multicultural education in the United States and the global economy. Boston: McGraw-Hill.

 

Spring, J. H. (2001). Deculturalization and the struggle for equality a brief history of the education of dominated cultures in the United States. Boston: McGraw-Hill.

 

Stabb, S. D., Harris, S. M., & Talley, J. E. (Eds.). (1995). Multicultural needs assessment for college and university student populations. London: Thomas.

 

Stadler, P. (1994). Globales und interkulturelles Lernen in Verbindung mit Auslandsaufenthalten ein Bildungskonzept. Saarbrücken: Verlag für Entwicklungspolitik Breitenbach.

 

Stam, R. (1997). Tropical multiculturalism a comparative history of race in Brazilian cinema and culture. Durham (N.C.), London: Duke University Press.

 

Stam, R. (1997). Tropical multiculturalism: A comparative history of race in Brazilian cinema and culture. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

 

Stanford Program on International and Cross-Cultural Education. (1983). Japan meets the West, a case study of perceptions: A secondary teaching unit. Denver, Colo.: Center for Teaching International Relations, University of Denver.

 

Stanlaw, J., & Peshkin, A. (1991). Black visibility in a multi-ethnic high school. In Nancy B. Wyner (Ed.), Current perspectives on the culture of schools. (pp. 65-77). Cambridge, MA: Brookline Books.

 

Stark, T., & Molin, K. (1995). Hungary´s human losses in World War II. Uppsala: Centre for Multiethnic Research, Uppsala University.

 

Starosta, W. J. (1990). Thinking through intercultural training assumptions: In the aftermath. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 14(1), 1-6.

 

Staton, P. A., & Prentice, A. L. (1994). Multicultural resources on women´s history and contemporary studies: A telecommunications model. Toronto: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

 

Steering Committee on Cooperation between C.I.D.A. and Canadian Institutions of Higher Education. (1972). Report. (Ottawa: s.n.).

 

Steinberg, S. R. (Ed.). (2000). Multi/Intercultural conversations a reader. New York: P. Lang.

 

Steinberg, S. R. (Ed.). (2001). Multi/intercultural conversations a reader. New York: P. Lang.

 

Steiner, S. F. (2001). Promoting a global community through multicultural children´s literature. Englewood, CO: Libraries Unlimited.

 

Stephan, W. G., & Abalakina-Paap, M. (1996). Russia and the West: Intercultural relations. In Dan Landis, & Rabi S. Bhagat (Eds.), Handbook of intercultural training (2nd ed.). (pp. 366-382). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

 

Stephan, W. G., & Banks, J. A. (1999). Reducing prejudice and stereotyping in schools. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Stevens, G. I. (1993). Videos for understanding diversity a core selection and evaluative guide. Chicago: American Library Association.

 

Steward, R. J., Boatwright, K. J., Sauer, E., Baden, A., & Jackson, J. D. (1998). The Relationships Among Counselor-Trainees Gender, Cognitive-Development, and White Racial Identity: Implications for Counselor Training. Journal of Multicultural Counseling and Development, 26(4), 254-272.

 

Stewart, D. W. (1993). Immigration and education. The crisis and the opportunities. Lexington Bks. Maxwell New York: Macmillan Can. Maxwell New York: Macmillan Int.

 

Stiehler, H. (1996). Literarische Mehrsprachigkeit. Iasi Konstanz: Editura Universitatii ”Al. I. Cuza” Hartung-Gorre.

 

Stöbe, A. (1998). Islam, Sozialisation, interkulturelle Erziehung die Bedeutung des Islam im Sozialisationsprozess von Kindern türkischer Herkunft und für Konzepte interkultureller Erziehung. Hamburg: E.B.-Verlag.

 

Stock, P. L. (1995). The dialogic curriculum. Teaching and learning in a multicultural society. Boynton/Cook Pubs.

 

StOen, L. (Ed.). (1986). Report on Workshop 7 ”Teaching the language of the host country to migrants”, held at Lillehammer, Norway, 12-16 August 1985. Strasbourg: Council of Europe.

 

Stoer, S. R., & Cortesão, L. (1999). ”Levantando a pedra”: da pedagogia inter/multicultural às políticas educativas numa época de transnacionalização. Porto: Afrontamento.

 

Stone, J. C., & DeNevi, D. P. (1971). Teaching multi-cultural populations: Five heritages.  Edited by James C. Stone (and) Donald P. DeNevi. --. New York: Van Nostrand.

 

Stotsky, S. (1999). Losing our language how multicultural classroom instruction is undermining our children´s ability to read, write, and reason. New York: Free Press.

 

Street, B. V. (Ed.). (1993). Cross-cultural approaches to literacy. Cambridge (England) New York, NY, USA: Cambridge University Press.

 

Stringfield, S., Datnow, A., Ross, S. M., & Center for Research on Education, D. E. (1998). Scaling up school restructuring in multicultural, multilingual contexts early observations from Sunland County. Santa Cruz (CA): Center for Research on Education, Diversity & Excellence.

 

Stringfield, S., Datnow, A., Ross, S. M., & Snively, F. (1998). Scaling-Up School Restructuring in Multicultural, Multilingual Contexts: Early Observations from Sunland County. Education and Urban Society, 30(3), 326-357.

 

Strong, L. L. (1992). Contemporary books reflecting Canada´s cultural diversity: A selective annotated bibliography for grades K-12. Vancouver: British Columbia Teacher-Librarians´ Association.

 

Stull, E. C. (1995). Multicultural discovery activities for the elementary grades. Center for Applied Res. in Educ.

 

Sturm, C. (1997). Creating Parent-Teacher Dialogue: Intercultural Communication in Child-Care. Young Children, 52(5), 34-38.

 

Sue, D. (1997). Multicultural Training. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 21(2), 175-193.

 

Sue, D. W., Forsyth, T., Fenton, L. R., Hartnett, G., & Pattee, A. (1995). Cross-cultural communication in higher education: Teleconference. Cupertino, CA: De Anza College Televsion Center for the Community College Satellite Network.

 

Summerfield, E. (1993). Crossing cultures through film. Yarmouth, Me., USA: Intercultural Press.

 

Supper, S. (1999). Minderheiten und Identität in einer multikulturellen Gesellschaft. Wiesbaden: Deutscher Universitätsverlag.

 

Sussman, N. M. (1986). Re-Entry Research and Training: Methods and Implications. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 10(2), 235-254.

 

Sutman, F. X., Sandstrom, E. L., & Shoemaker, F. (1979). Educating personnel for bilingual settings, present and future. (Washington): American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education.

 

Suzuki, L. A., Meller, P. J., & Ponterotto, J. G. (Eds.). (1996). Handbook of multicultural assessment. Clinical, psychological, and educational applications. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

 

Svanberg, I. (1988). Invandrare från Turkiet etnisk och sociokulturell variation. Uppsala: Centre for Multiethnic Research, Uppsala University, Faculty of Arts.

 

Svanberg, I. (1991). Ethnicity, minorities and cultural encounters. Uppsala: Centre for Multiethnic Research, Uppsala University.

 

Swain, M. (1991). Additive bilingualism and French immersion education: The roles of language proficiency and literacy. In A. G. Reynolds (Ed.), Bilingualism, multiculturalism, and second language learning. Hillsdale: NJ: Erlbaum.

 

Swartz, E. (1990). Raising standards: Materials selection for multicultural education. Rochester, N.Y.: Rochester City School District.

 

Sweden. (1984). Interkulturell undervisning med flerkulturellt innehåll och globalt perspektiv en väg till gemenskap och fred? : Ett diskussionsunderlag om mål, möjligheter och metoder med lästips och studietips från Språk- och kulturarvsutredningen i anslutning till . (Stockholm): Utbildningsdepartementet Liber.

 

Switzer, K. A., & Redden, C. A. (1978). Teaching about diversity Latin America. Denver, Colo.: Center for Teaching International Relations, Universty of Denver (Colorado Seminary).

 

Szasz, M. (Ed.). (1994). Between Indian and white worlds: The cultural broker. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press.

 

Taba, H. (1955). School culture studies of participation and leadership. Washington, DC: American Council on Education.

 

Taba, H., & Van Til, W. (1945). Democratic human relations promising practices in intergroup and intercultural education in the social studies. Washington: National Education Association.

 

Tabor, N. M. G. (1995). Somos un arco iris. We are a rainbow. Charlesbridge Pub.

 

Tai, R. H. (Ed.). (1999). Critical ethnicity countering the waves of identity politics. Lanham, Md.: Rowman & Littlefield.

.

 

Takaki, R., Hu-DeHart, E., & Brandt, A. M. (1995). The architecture of race: Racial and ethnic inequality. In David M. Newman (Ed.), Sociology: Exploring the architecture of everyday life: Readings. (pp. 253-279). Thousand Oaks, CA: Pine Forge Press/Sage Publications Co.

 

Tamir, Y. (Ed.). (1995). Democratic education in a multicultural state. Oxford, UK Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.

 

Tanaka, G. K. (1998). Interculturalism and student development. New York: P. Lang.

 

Tanaka, T., Takai, J., Kohyama, T., & Fujihara, T. (1994). Adjustment Patterns of International Students in Japan. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 18(1), 55-75.

 

Tandem (Organization). (2000). Propuestas interculturales actas de las VI Jornadas Internacionales Tandem. Madrid: Editorial Edinumen.

 

Tator, C., & Henry, F. (1991). Multicultural education translating policy into practice. (Ottawa): Multiculturalism and Citizenship Canada.

 

Tator, C., & Henry, F. (1991). Multicultural education: Translating policy into practice. Ottawa: Multiculturalism and Citizenship Canada.

 

Tauber, R. T. (1997). Self-fulfilling prophecy a practical guide to its use in education. Westport, Conn.: Praeger.

 

Taxel, J. (1997). Multicultural Literature and the Politics of Reaction. Teachers College Record, 98(3), 417-448.

 

Taylor, C., & Gutmann, A. (Eds.). (1992). Multiculturalism and ”the politics of recognition”. An essay. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

 

Taylor, C., & Gutmann, A. (Eds.). (1994). Multiculturalism. Examining the politics of recognition. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

 

Taylor, C. A. (1989). How to sponsor a minority cultural retreat the human relations activity of the decade. Madison, WI: Praxis Publications.

 

Taylor, D. M. (1991). The social psychology of racial and cultural diversity: Issues of assimilation and multiculturalism. In Allan G. Reynolds (Ed.), Bilingualism, multiculturalism, and second language learning: The McGill Conference in Honour of Wallace E. Lambert. (pp. 1-19). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

 

Taylor, E. W. (1994). A learning model for becoming interculturally competent. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 18(3), 389-408.

 

Taylor, E. W. (1994). Intercultural competency: A transformative learning process. Adult Education Quarterly, 44(3), 154-174.

 

Taylor, H. (1969). The world as teacher. --. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday.

 

Taylor, M. J. (1992). Multicultural antiracist education after ERA: Concerns, constraints and challenges. Slough: National Foundation for Educational Research.

 

Tchoryk-Pelletier, P. (1989). L´adaptation des minorités ethniques une étude réalisée au Cégep de Saint-Laurent. Ville Saint-Laurent, Québec: Cégep de Saint-Laurent.

 

Terrell, M. C. (1992). Diversity, disunity, and campus community. (Washington, D.C.: National Association of Student Personnel Administrators.

 

Thiagarajan, S., Steinwachs, B., & International Society for Intercultural Education, T. R. (1990). BARNGA a simulation game on cultural clashes. Yarmouth, Me.: Intercultural Press.

 

Thiagarajan, S., Steinwachs, B., & International Society for Intercultural Education, T. R. (1990). BARNGA: A simulation game on cultural clashes. Yarmouth, Me.: Intercultural Press.

 

Thiessen, D. (Ed.). (1996). Making a difference about difference the lives and careers of racial minority immigrant teachers. Toronto: REMTEL/Garamond Press.

 

Thomas, A., & Sozialwissenschaftlicher Studienkreis für Internationale Probleme (Saarbrücken, G. (1985). Interkultureller Austausch als interkulturelles Handeln theoretische Grundlagen der Austauschforschung. Saarbrücken Fort Lauderdale: Breitenbach.

 

Thomas, B., Novogrodsky, C., & Cross Cultural Communication Centre (Toronto, O. (1983). Combatting racism in the workplace: A course for workers. Toronto: Cross Cultural Communication Centre.

 

Thomas, B., Novogrodsky, C., & Springer, J. (Eds.). (1983). Combatting racism in the workplace. A course for workers. Cross Cultural Communication Centre.

 

Thomas, S. (1987). Culture and communication: Methodology, behavior, artifacts, and institutions : selected proceedings from the Fifth International Conference on Culture and Communication, Temple University, 1983. Norwood, N.J.: Ablex Corp..

 

Thomas, S. (Ed.). (1984). Communication theory and interpersonal interaction: Selected proceedings from the Fourth International Conference on Culture and Communication, Temple University, 1981. Norwood, N.J.: Ablex Corp..

 

Thompson, B. W. (2001). A promise and a way of life white antiracist activism. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

 

Thompson, B. W., & Tyagi, S. (Eds.). (1993). Beyond a dream deferred. Multicultural education and the politics of excellence. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press.

 

Thompson, K. (Ed.). (1997). Media and cultural regulation. London Thousand Oaks, Calif. Milton Keynes: Sage Publications Open University.

 

Tiedt, P. L., & Tiedt, I. M. (1979). Multicultural teaching a handbook of activities, information, and resources. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Tiedt, P. L., & Tiedt, I. M. (1986). Multicultural teaching. A handbook of activities, information, and resources. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Tiedt, P. L., & Tiedt, I. M. (1990). Multicultural teaching. A handbook of activities, information, and resources. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Tiedt, P. L., & Tiedt, I. M. (1995). Multicultural teaching. A handbook of activities, information, and resources. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

 

Tiedt, P. L., & Tiedt, I. M. (1999). Multicultural teaching a handbook of activities, information, and resources. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Tiemann, D. (1982). Frankreich- und Deutschlandbilder im Widerstreit Urteile französischer und deutscher Schüler über die Nachbarn am Rhein. Bonn: Euripa Union.

 

Todd, R. (1991). Education in a multicultural society. London: Cassell.

 

Tolbert, A. S., & McLean, G. N. (1995). Venezuelan Culture Assimilator for Training United-States Professionals Conducting Business in Venezuela. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 19(1), 111-125.

.

 

Tomalin, B., & Stempleski, S. (1993). Cultural awareness. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

 

Tomlinson, S. (1984). Home and school in multicultural Britain. London: Batsford.

 

Tomlinson, S. (1990). Multicultural education in white schools. London: Batsford.

 

Tomlinson, S., & Craft, M. (1995). Ethnic relations and schooling: policy and practice in the 1990s. London: Athlone.

 

Torner, C. (1995). El principi acollida sobre el diàleg intercultural. Barcelona: Empúries.

 

Toronto (Ont.). L. D. (1975). Draft report of the Work Group on Multicultural Programs. Toronto: Board of Education for the City of Toronto.

 

Toronto Board of Education. (1976). We are all immigrants to this place a look at the Toronto school system in terms of governance and multiculturalism. Toronto: Toronto Board of Education.

 

Toronto Board of Education. (1979). The race relations report. Toronto: School Community Relations Dept., Curriculum Division, Toronto Board of Education.

 

Toronto Board of Education. (1986). Integrated/extended day heritage and concurrent programs operations manual. (Toronto): The Board.

 

Torres, C. A. (1998). Democracy, education, and multiculturalism dilemmas of citizenship in a global world. Lanham, Md.: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

 

Totten, G. O., & Schockman, H. E. (Eds.). (1994). Community in crisis: The Korean American community after the Los Angeles civil unrest of April 1992. Los Angeles: Center for Multiethnic and Transnational Studies, University of Southern California.

 

Toussaint, P. (1993). L´éducation interculturelle un modèle intégré relié au curriculum. Trois-Rivières, Que.: Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières.

 

Toussaint, P., & Fortin, R. (1997). Gérer la diversité en éducation problématique, conceptualisation et pratiques. Montréal, PQ: Éditions logiques.

 

Trail, T. F. (1968). Education of development technicians a guide to training  programs. New York: F. A. Praeger.

 

Trawick-Smith, J. W. (1997). Early childhood development a multicultural perspective. Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Merrill.

 

Trawick-Smith, J. W. (1997). Early childhood development: A multicultural perspective. Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Merrill.

 

Trentacosta, J. (Ed.). (1997). Multicultural and gender equity in the mathematics classroom the gift of diversity. Reston, VA: National Council of Teachers of Mathematics.

 

Treuheit, W., Janssen, B., & Otten, H. (1990). Bildung für Europa interkulturelles Lernen in Jugendbegegnungen. Bonn: Europa Union Verlag.

 

Triandis, H. C. (1976). Variations in Black and white perceptions of the social environment. Urbana: University of Illinois Press.

 

Triandis, H. C., Hui, C. H., & Brislin, R. (1988). Cross-Cultural Training Across the Individualism- Collectivism Divide. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 12(3), 269-289.

 

Triandis, H. C., & Singelis, T. M. (1998). Training to Recognize Individual-Differences in Collectivism and Individualism Within Culture. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 22(1), 35-47.

 

Troper, H. M. (1999). Ethnicity, politics, and public policy: Case studies in    Canadian diversity. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

 

Troper, H. M., & Palmer, L. (1976). Issues in cultural diversity. Toronto: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

 

Troyna, B. (1986). Racism, education, and the state. London Dover, N.H.: Croom Helm.

 

Troyna, B. (1990). Education, racism, and reform. London New York: Routledge.

 

Troyna, B. (1993). Racism and education: research perspectives. Buckingham: Open University Press.

 

Troyna, B., & Carrington, B. (1987). Antisexist/antiracist education--a false dilemma: A reply to Walkling and Brannigan. Journal of Moral Education, 16(1), 60-65.

 

Troyna, B., & Carrington, B. (1990). Education, racism, and reform. London: Routledge.

 

Troyna, B., & Williams, J. (1986). Racism, education, and the state. London: Croom Helm.

 

Trueba, E. T. (1981). Culture and the bilingual classroom: Studies in classroom ethnography. Rowley, MA: Newbury House Publishers.

 

Trueba, E. T., Guthrie, G. P., & Au, K. H. P. (1981). Culture and the bilingual classroom studies in classroom ethnography. Rowley, MA: Newbury House Publishers.

 

Trueba, H. T. (1993). Healing multicultural America. Mexican immigrants rise to power in rural California. London: Falmer Press.

 

Trumbull, E. (2001). Bridging cultures between home and school a guide for teachers : With a special focus on immigrant Latino families. Mahwah, N.J.: L. Erlbaum Associates.

 

Tse, L. (Ed.). (1998). Heritage language development. Culver City, CA.: Language Education Associates.

 

Tsongas, P. (1995). Journey of purpose. Reflections on the presidency, multiculturalism, and third parties. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

 

Tsugawa, R. (1995). Daigakusei to ibunka sesshoku kokuritsu godaigaku (Hokkaidodai, Tohokudai, Nagoyadai, Osakadai, Kyushudai) daigakusei no ibunka sesshoku (bunka masatsu to kokusai rikai) no jittai oyobi ishiki chosa. Sapporo: Hokkaidu Daigaku Gengo Bunkabu.

 

Tucker, G. R. (1996). Some Thoughts concerning Innovative Language Education Programmes. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 17, 2-4, 315-320.

 

Turner, C. S. V. (Ed.). (1996). Racial and ethnic diversity in higher education. New York, NY: Simon and Schuster.

 

Turunen, N. (1997). (Russkii uchebnyi tekst kak raznovidnost didakticheskogo diskursa opyt lingvodidakticheskogo issledovaniia v aspekte mezhkul lturnoi kommunikatsii. Jyväskylä: University of Jyväskylä.

 

Tydén, M. (1986). Svensk antisemitism, 1880-1930. Uppsala: Centre for Multiethnic Research, Uppsala University, Faculty of Arts.

 

Tyler, J. M., & Guth, L. J. (1999). Using Media to Create Experiential Learning in Multicultural and Diversity Issues. Journal of Multicultural Counseling and Development, 27(3), 153-169.

 

Uehara, A. (1986). The Nature of American-Student Reentry Adjustment and Perceptions of the Sojourn Experience. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 10(4), 415-438.

 

Ulichny, P. (1996). Cultures in conflict. Anthropology and Education Quarterly, 27(3), 331-364.

 

Ungerleider, C. S. (1981). Perspectives on television education Television Education Workshop, Multiculturalism Canada, Ottawa, Ontario, February 26-28, 1981 /Charles S. Ungerleider, editor. --. --. (Ottawa, Ont.): Minister of State, Multiculturalism, c1981..

 

Ungerleider, C. S. (1992). Issues in police intercultural and race relations training in Canada. (Ottawa): Canadian Centre for Police-Race Relations.

 

United States. (1968). A guide to U.S. Government agencies involved in international educational and cultural activities. --. (Washington): Policy Review and Coordination Staff, Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs, Dept. of State; (for sale by the Supt. of Docs., U.S. Govt. Print. Off.).

 

United States. (1975). External cultural and information programs of selected countries in 1974. (Washington): The Agency.

 

United States. (1977). External cultural and information programs of selected non-Communist countries in 1976. Washington: USIA.

 

United States. (1977). Overview of external information and cultural activities of Communist countries in 1976. Washington: USIA.

 

United Way of Greater Toronto. (1991). Action, access, diversity! a guide to multicultural/anti-racist organizational change for social service agencies. Toronto: United Way of Greater Toronto.

 

University of Hawaii at Manoa. (1989). Studies in multicultural higher education an annotated bibliography. (Honolulu): Center for Studies of Multicultural Higher Education, University of Hawaii.

 

Valdes, J. M. (1986). Culture bound: Bridging the cultural gap in language teaching. Cambridge (Cambridgeshire New York: Cambridge University Press.

 

Valdez, A. J. (1999). Learning in living color using literature to incorporate multicultural education into the primary curriculum. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Valdez, J. M. (1988). Culture bound. Bridging the cultural gap in language teaching. Yarmouth: Intercultural Press.

 

Valero, P., & Skovsmose, O. (2002). Proceedings of the Third International Mathematics Education and Society Conference (Part 1 and 2). Helsingor: Centre for Research in Learning Mathematics, The Danish University of Education, Roskilde University & Aalborg University.

 

Valli, L. (1996). Learning to teach in cross-cultural settings: The significance of personal relations. In Francisco A. Rios (Ed.), Teacher thinking in cultural contexts. SUNY series, the social context of education. (pp. 282-307). Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Valverde, L. A., & Castenell, L. A. (1998). The multicultural campus strategies for transforming higher education. Walnut Creek, Calif.: AltaMira Press.

 

Van Dijk, L. (1996). Haut hat viele Farben aufwachsen in der multikulturellen Gesellschaft. Düsseldorf: Patmos.

 

Van Heelsum, A. J. (1997). De etnisch-culturele positie van de tweede generatie Surinamers. Amsterdam: Het Spinhuis.

 

Van Til, W. (Ed.). (1947). Intercultural attitudes in the making: Parents, youth leaders, and teachers at work. New York: Harper.

 

Vandenbroucke, S., Desoete, G., & Bohrer, A. (1989). Free-Response Self-Description As a Predictor of Success and Failure in Adolescent Exchange Students. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 13(1), 73-91.

 

Vanderheyden-Trescony, C. (1993). Faxing friends. A resource guide for forming international friendships among students, ages 5-9. Teacher Ideas Press.

 

Vargas, M. E. (1994). Educación e ideología constitución de una categoría de intermediarios en la comunicación interétnica : El caso de los maestros bilingües tarascos (1964-1982). México, D.F.: CIESAS.

 

Vasconcelos, P. B. et al. (1999). Ciganos e educação. Setúbal: Instituto das Comunidades Educativas.

 

Vasquez, H., Myhand, M. N., & Creighton, A. (2000). Making allies, making friends a curriculum for making the peace in middle school. Alameda, CA: Hunter House.

 

Vasquez, M. J. T. (1999). Trainee Impairment: A Response from a Feminist/Multicultural Retired Trainer. Counseling Psychologist, 27(5), 687-692.

 

Vedder, P., Bouwer, E., & Pels, T. (1996). Multicultural child care. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

 

Ventola, E. (Ed.). (1996). Academic writing intercultural and textual issues. Amsterdam Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

 

Ventola, E., & Mauranen, A. (Eds.). (1996). Academic writing: Intercultural and textual issues. Amsterdam Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

 

Verburg, C. J. (1994). Ourselves among others. Cross-cultural readings for writers. Bedford Bks. of New York: St. Martin´s Press.

 

Verburg, C. J., Adams, A. E., & Londow, D. (1994). Resources for teaching Ourselves among others. Cross-cultural readings for writers. Bedford Bks. of New York: St. Martin´s Press.

 

Vergani, T. (1991). O zero e os infinitos: uma experiência de antropologia cognitiva e de educação matemática intercultural. Lisboa: Minerva.

 

Vergani, T. (1993). Um horizonte de possíveis: sobre uma educação matemática viva e globalizante. Lisboa: Universidade Aberta.

 

Vergani, T. (1998). Ethnomathematics and symbolic thought: Dogon´s culture. Proceedings of the ICEM I. Granada: Universidad de Granada.

 

Vergani, T. (2000). Educação etnomatemática: O que é? Lisboa: Pandora.

 

Vergnaud, G. (1983). Multiplicative structures. In R. Lesh & M. Landau (Eds.), Acquisition of mathematics concepts and processes (pp. 128-175). London: Academic Press.

 

Verma, G. K. (Ed.). (1984). Race relations and cultural differences educational and interpersonal perspectives. London New York: Croom Helm in association with the International Centre for Intercultural Studies, University of Bradford St. Martin´s Press. .

 

Verma, G. K. (Ed.). (1989). Education for all. A landmark in pluralism. London: Falmer Press.

 

Verma, G. K. (Ed.). (1993). Inequality and teacher education. An international perspective. London: Falmer Press.

 

Verma, G. K., & Bagley, C. (Eds.). (1984). Race relations and cultural differences. Education and interpersonal perspectives. London: Croom Helm.

 

Verma, G. K., & Pumfrey, P. D. (Eds.). (1988). Educational attainments. Issues and outcomes in multicultural education. London: Falmer Press.

 

Verma, G. K., & Pumfrey, P. D. (Eds.). (1993). Cross curricular contexts, themes and dimensions in secondary schools. London: Falmer Press.

 

Verma, G. K., & Pumfrey, P. D. (Eds.). (1994). Cross-curricular contexts, themes and dimensions in primary schools. London: Falmer Press.

 

Verma, G. K., Skinner, G., & Zec, P. (1994). The ethnic crucible: Harmony and hostility in multi-ethnic schools. London Washington, D.C.: Falmer Press.

 

Verma, G. K., Zec, P., & Skinner, G. (1994). The ethnic crucible. Harmony and hostility in multi-ethnic schools. London: Falmer Press.

 

Véronique, D., & Vion, R. (1995). Des savoir-faire communicationnels. Aix-en-Provence: Publications de l´Université de Provence.

 

Vickery, W. E., & Cole, S. G. (1943). Intercultural education in American schools: Proposed objectives and methods. New York: Harper.

 

Villarreal, L., & Ironside, L. L. (1989). Intercultural orientation activities for international ESL students 50 module lessons. New Westminister, B.C.: Douglas College.

 

Villegas, A. M., & Lucas, T. (2002). Educating culturally responsive teachers a coherent approach. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Vincent, S. (1993). Pour un accueil et une intégration réussis des élèves des communautés culturelles avis à la ministre de l´Éducation et ministre d l´Enseignement supérieur et de la Science. Sainte-Foy, Québec: Direction des communications du Conseil supérieur de l´éducation.

 

Vithal, R., & Skovmose, O. (1997). The end of Innocence: a Critique of ´Ethnomathematics´. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 34, 131-157.

 

Vogel, K., & Cormeraie, S. (1996). On the Role of Autonomy and Cross-Culturalism in the Study of Foreign Languages; Du role de l´autonomie et de l´interculturalite dans l´etude des langues etrangeres. IRAL, 34(1), 37-48.

 

 

Vogt, W. P. (1997). Tolerance & education learning to live with diversity and difference. Thousand Oaks, Calif.: Sage Publications.

 

Vogt, W. P., & NetLibrary, I. (1997). Tolerance & education learning to live with diversity and difference. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications.

 

Vold, E. B. (1992). Multicultural education in early childhood classrooms. (Washington, D.C.): NEA Professional Library.

 

Volk, T. M. (1998). Music, education, and multiculturalism foundations and principles. New York: Oxford University Press.

 

Voluntary Committee on Overseas Aid and Development. (1974). Whole earth topics calendar. London: Voluntary Committee on Overseas Aid and Development.

 

Waese, M., Bojman, D., Edwards, C., Levine, S., & Wilson, S. (1979). Growing together programme ideas for children´s groups to help them grow in a multi-racial community. Toronto: Urban Alliance on Race Relations.

 

Wagner, K. S., & Magistrale, T. (1995). Writing across culture. An introduction to study abroad and the writing process. Bern: Lang.

 

Wagner, U., Vandick, R., Petzel, T., Auernheimer, G., & Sommer, G. (2000). Teachers in Intercultural Problem Situations: The Influence of Ethnic-Attitudes. Psychologie in Erziehung und Unterricht, 47(1), 46-65.

 

Walker, D. (1999). Anxious nation: Australia and the rise of Asia, 1850-1939. St. Lucia, Qld.: University of Queensland Press.

 

Walker-Moffat, W. (1995). The other side of the Asian American success story. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

 

Wall, N., & Cross Cultural Communication Centre (Toronto, O. (1979). Children´s books for learning: A bibliography of multi-ethnic resources for classroom use. Toronto: Cross-Cultural Communication Centre.

 

Wallace, C. (1986). Learning to read in a multicultural society the social context of second language literacy. Oxford, OX, England New York: Pergamon Institute of English.

 

Walsh, C. E. (Ed.). (1996). Education reform and social change. Multicultural voices, struggles, and visions. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

 

Walsh, J. E. (1973). Intercultural education in the community of man. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press.

 

Walsh, J. E. (1979). Humanistic culture learning an introduction. Honolulu: Published for the East-West Center by The University Press of Hawaii.

 

Walton, S. J. (1990). Stress Management-Training for Overseas Effectiveness. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 14(4), 507-527.

 

Wang, Y. C. (1966). Chinese intellectuals and the West, 1872-1949. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press.

 

Warren, P. N. (1996). Harlan´s race. Wildcat Press (Beverly Hills).

 

Warschauer, M. (1999). Electronic literacies: Language, culture, and power in online education. Mahwah, NJ, USA: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

 

Warschauer, M. (Ed.). (1995). Virtual connections online activities & projects for networking language learners. Manoa Honolulu, Hawai´i: Second Language Teaching & Curriculum Center, University of Hawai´i at Manoa Distributed by University of Hawai´i Press.

 

Warschauer, M. (Ed.). (1996). Telecollaboration in foreign language learning proceedings of the Hawaii Symposium. Honolulu, HI: Second Language Teaching and Curriculum Center, University of Hawaii at Manoa : distributed by University of Hawaii Press.

 

Watanuki, T., & Tokai Daigaku, T. (1979). Kokusai shakai e no taio daigaku kyoiku no ichishiten. Tokyo: Tokai Daigaku Shuppankai.

 

Waters, H. (1990). Preparing the African-American Student for Corporate Success: A Focus on Cooperative Education. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 14(3), 365-376.

 

Watras, J. (2002). The foundations of educational curriculum and diversity 1565 to the present. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Watson, J. K. P. (1988). From Assimilation to Anti-Racism: Changing Educational- Policies in England and Wales. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 9(6), 531-552.

 

Watts, I. N. (1990). Just a minute ten short plays and activities for your classroom with rehearsal strategies to accompany multicultural stories from around the world. Markham, Ont.: Pembroke.

 

Watts, I. N. (1990). Just a minute. Ten short plays and activities for your classroom: with rehearsal strategies to accompany multicultural stories from around the world. London: Heinemann.

 

Waxman, B. F. (Ed.). (1994). Multicultural literatures through feminist/poststructuralist lenses. Knoxville, TN: University of Tenn. Press.

 

Webb, J. B., & Miller, B. L. (2000). Teaching heritage language learners voices from the classroom. Yonkers, NY: ACTFL.

 

Webber, D. (1998). Travel the globe multicultural story times. Englewood, Colo.: Libraries Unlimited.

 

Webster, Y. O. (1997). Against the multicultural agenda: A critical thinking alternative. Westport, Conn.: Praeger.

 

Weeks, J. (1995). Invented moralities. Sexual values in an age of uncertainty. New York: Columbia University Press.

 

Wei, L. (1995). Code-Switching, Preference Marking and Politeness in Bilingual Cross-Generational Talk: Examples from a Chinese Community in Britain. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 16(3), 197-214.

 

Weigl, R. C., & Reyes, J. M. (2001). Latino and Anglo Political Portraits: Lessons from Intercultural Field-Research. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 25(3), 235-259.

 

Weil, D. K. (1998). Towards a critical multicultural literacy theory and practice for education for liberation. New York: Peter Lang.

 

Weinryb, B. D., & Garnick, D. (1965). Jewish school textbooks and intergroup relations the Dropsie College study of Jewish textbooks : A summary of findings. New York, N.Y.: American Jewish Committee, Institute of Human Relations.

 

Weis, L. (Ed.). (1997). Beyond black and white new faces and voices in U.S. schools. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Weiss, B. J. (Ed.). (1982). American education and the European immigrant, 1840-1940. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, c1982..

 

Weiss, B. J. (Ed.). (1984). American education and the European immigrant, 1840-1940. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press.

 

Welch, L. B. (Ed.). (1997). Strategies for promoting pluralism in education and the workplace. Westport, Conn: Praeger.

 

Wells, C. G., & Chang-Wells, G. L. (1992). Constructing knowledge together. Classrooms as centers of inquiry and literacy. London: Heinemann.

 

Wells, S. A. (1994). A multicultural education and resource guide for occupational therapy educators and practitioners. American Occupational Therapy Assn.

 

Wessel, K. F. (1994). Lebensbildung in Europa zwischen Utopie und Wirklichkeit. Bielefeld: Kleine Verlag.

 

Westwood, M. J., & Barker, M. (1990). Academic-Achievement and Social Adaptation Among International Students: A Comparison Groups Study of the Peer-Pairing Program. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 14(2), 251-263.

 

Whitmore, K. F., & Crowell, C. G. (1994). Inventing a classroom. Life in a bilingual, whole language learning community. Stenhouse Pubs.

 

Wicke, R. E. (1990). Focus on German(y): Cross-cultural aspects of second language education. Edmonton: Alberta Education.

 

Wideen, M. (1992). British Columbia assessment of science, 1991. (Victoria, B.C.): Ministry of Education and Ministry Responsible for Multiculturalism and Human Rights.

 

Wiegand, P. (1992). Places in the primary school. Knowledge and understanding of places at key stages 1 and 2. London: Falmer Press.

 

Wierzbicka, A. (1992). Semantics, culture, and cognition: Universal human concepts in culture-specific configurations. New York: Oxford University Press.

 

Wilcox, K. (1980). The ethnography of schooling implications for educational policy-making. (Stanford): Institute for Research on Educational Finance and Governance, School of Education, Stanford University.

 

Williams, D. R. (1993). Cooperative learning and cultural diversity: Building caring communities in the cooperative classroom. In JoAnne Wachholz Putnam (Ed.), Cooperative learning and strategies for inclusion: Celebrating diversity in the classroom. Children, youth & change: Sociocultural perspectives. (pp. 145-161). Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes Publishing Co.

 

Williams, H. (1994). A critique of Hodson´s ”In search of a rationale for multicultural science education.” Science Education, 78(5), 515-519.

 

Williams, J. A. (1994). Classroom in conflict. Teaching controversial subjects in a diverse society. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Williams, L. (1991). Sima7: Come join me. Vancouver, BC: Pacific Educational Press, Faculty of Education, University of British Columbia.

 

Williams, L. R., & De Gaetano, Y. (1985). ALERTA. A multicultural, bilingual approach to teaching young children. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

 

Williams, M. S. (2001). Citizenship and identity, citizenship as shared fate and the functions of multicultural education. (Toronto): Faculty of Law, University of Toronto.

 

Williams, R. M., & Rhenisch, M. B. (1977). Mutual accommodation: Ethnic conflict and cooperation (by) Robin M. Williams, Jr., in collaboration with Madelyn B. Rhenisch. --. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

 

Wilson, A. H. (1985). Returned Exchange Students: Becoming Mediating Persons. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 9(3), 285-304.

 

Wilson, A. H. (1993). A Cross-National Perspective on Reentry of High-School Exchange Students. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 17(4), 465-492.

 

Wilson, A. H. (1993). The meaning of international experience for schools. New York, NY: Praeger.

 

Wilson, J. K. (1995). The myth of political correctness. The conservative attack on higher education. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

 

Wilson, J. K. (1996). The myth of political correctness the conservative attack on higher education. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.

 

Wilson, J. M. (1996). The Tobacco Story: Narrative Structure in an American Sign Language Story. In Lucas, Ceil (Ed.), Multicultural Aspects of Sociolinguistics in Deaf Communities. (pp. 152-180). Washington, DC: Gallaudet University Press.

 

Wilson, R., & Dissanayake, W. (1996). Global/local: Cultural production and the transnational imaginary. Durham: Duke University Press.

 

Wiltshire Education Authority. (1988). Mathematics for all. --. Trowbridge, (England): Wiltshire Education Authority.

 

Windisch, U. (1994). Le sens des mots et le poids des représentations sociales dans les rapports entre les communautés linguistiques en Suisse. In K. Fall et V. Trembley (Eds.), Mots et représentations comme enjeux dans les problématiques de l´interethnicité et de l´interculturalité. Presses de l´Université d´Ottawa.

 

Wlodkowski, R. J., & Ginsberg, M. B. (1995). Diversity and motivation. Culturally responsive teaching. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

 

Wolfe, A. G. (Ed.). (1975). A Reader in Jewish community relations. (New York): Ktav House for association of Jewish Community Relation Workers.

 

Wolfendale, S. (1988). Current professional practice for working in a multicultural society: Findings from a national survey of local authority educational psychologists. Educational and Child Psychology, 5(2), 19-37.

 

Wong, T. (1996). American communication training. A practical guide for foreign-born professionals. TransCore Strategies.

 

Woodrow, D. (Ed.). (1997). Intercultural education theories, policies and practice. Aldershot, Hants, England Brookfield, VT: Ashgate.

 

Woolbright, C. (Ed.). (1989). Valuing diversity on campus. A multicultural approach. ACU I.

 

World Confederation of Organizations of the Teaching Profession. (from old catalog). (1959). Teaching mutual appreciation of eastern and western cultural values reports of national teacher associations. Washington: World Confederation of Organizations of the Teaching Profession.

 

Wright, C. (1992). Race relations in the primary school. Fulton.

 

Wright, M. A. (1998). I´m chocolate, you´re vanilla: raising healthy black and biracial children in a race-conscious world. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

 

Wrigley, T. (2000). The power to learn stories of success in the education of Asian and other bilingual pupils. Stoke-on-Trent, England: Trentham.

 

Wubbels, T., & Levy, J. (1991). A Comparison of Interpersonal-Behavior of Dutch and American Teachers. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 15(1), 1-18.

 

Wurzel, J. S. (1988). Toward multiculturalism: A reader in multicultural education. Yarmouth, Me.: Intercultural Press.

 

Wurzel, J. S. (Ed.). (1988). Toward multiculturalism a reader in multicultural education. Yarmouth, Me.: Intercultural Press.

 

Wurzel, J. S. (Ed.). (1988). Toward multiculturalism. A reader in multicultural education. Yarmouth: Intercultural Press.

 

Wyman, S. L. B. (1993). How to respond to your culturally diverse student population. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.

 

Wyner, N. B. (1991). Current perspectives on the culture of schools. Cambridge, Mass.: Brookline Books.

 

Yamada, H. (1997). Different games, different rules: Why Americans and Japanese misunderstand each other. New York Oxford: Oxford University Press.

 

Yamane, D. (2001). Student movements for multiculturalism challenging the curricular color line in higher education. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press.

 

Yáñez Cossío, C., & Endara Tomaselli, L. (1990). Educación bilingüe intercultural una experiencia educativa. Quito: Corporación Educativa Macac Editorial Abya Yala.

 

Yang, W. (1996). Chinese-German Intercultural Interferences. An Example from Academic Life; Interkulturelle Interferenzen Chinesisch-Deutsch: Am Beispiel des universitaren Lebens. Muttersprache, 106(3), 263-271.

 

Yaron, K. (Ed.). (1993). Meeting of cultures and clash of cultures adult education in multicultural societies. Jerusalem: The Magnes Press, The Hebrew University.

 

Yates, P. D. (1987). A case of mistaken identity: Interethnic images in multicultural England. In George Spindler, & Louise Spindler (Eds.), Interpretive ethnography of education: At home and abroad. (pp. 195-218). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

 

Yeo, F. L. (1997). Inner-city schools, multiculturalism, and teacher education a professional journey. New York: Garland.

 

Ying, Y. W., & Liese, L. H. (1991). Emotional Well-Being of Taiwan Students in the United- States: An Examination of Pre-Arrival to Post-Arrival Differential. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 15(3), 345-366.

 

Yook, E. Y. L., & Albert, R. D. (1999). Perceptions of International Teaching Assistants: The Interrelatedness of Intercultural Training, Cognition, and Emotion. Communication Education, 48(1), 1-17.

 

York, B. (1995). Admissions and exclusions ´Asiatics´ and ´other coloured races´ in Australia, 1901 to 1946. (Canberra) ACT, Australia: Centre for Immigration & Multicultural Studies, Research School of Social Sciences, Australian National University.

 

York, D. E. (1994). Cross-cultural training programs. Westport, CT: Bergin & Garvey/Greenwood.

 

York, S. (1991). Roots and wings. Affirming culture in early childhood settings. Redleaf Press.

 

York, S. (1991). Roots & wings affirming culture in early childhood programs. St. Paul, Minn.: Redleaf Pr..

 

York, S. (1992). Developing roots and wings. A trainer´s guide to affirming culture in early childhood programs. Redleaf Press.

 

Young, B. (Ed.). (1990). Art, culture, and ethnicity. Reston, VA: National Art Education Association.

 

Young, J. C. (1987). Breaking the mosaic: Ethnic identities in Canadian schooling. Toronto: Garamond Press.

 

Young, J. C., & Race, E. E. C. P. (1987). Breaking the mosaic ethnic identities in Canadian schooling. Toronto: Garamond Press.

 

Young, L. W. L. (1994). Crosstalk and culture in Sino-American communication. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

 

Young, T. J. (1989). Treatment of multicultural counseling in correctional psychology textbooks. Psychological Reports, 65(2), 521-522.

 

Yousef, F. (1978). Communication pattern: Some aspects of nonverbal behaviour in intercultural communication. In Ross, E. L. (Ed.), Interethnic communication: an overview. (pp. 49-62). Athens: University of Georgia Press.

 

Yúdice, G., Flores, J., & Franco, J. (1992). On edge: The crisis of contemporary Latin American culture. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

 

Zaidi, U. A. (1984). Status report: Educational institutions. Toronto: Race Relations Division, Ontario Human Rights Commission.

 

Zaidi, U. A. (1984). Status report educational institutions, (part 1). (Toronto): Race Relations Division, Ontario Human Rights Commission.

 

Zaidi, U. A. (1984). Status report educational institutions, appendices part 2. (Toronto): Race Relations Division, Ontario Human Rights Commission.

 

Zamel, V. (Ed.). (1998). Negotiating academic literacies teaching and learning across languages and cultures. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

 

Zamel, V., & Spack, R. E. (Ed.). (1998). Negotiating academic literacies: Teaching and learning across languages and cultures. Mahwah, NJ, USA: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

 

Zangalis, C., Clarke, P., & Butler, A. (Eds.). (1983). Christmas for children. A multicultural source book. Hodja Educ. Resources Co operative.

 

Zangalis, C., Clarke, P., & Butler, A. (Eds.). (1983). Easter for children. A multicultural source book. Hodja Educ. Resources Co operative.

 

Zarrillo, J. (1994). Multicultural literature, multicultural teaching: Units for the elementary grades. Fort Worth: Harcourt Brace College Publishers.

 

Zaslavsky, C. (1979). Africa counts: Number and pattern in African culture. New York: Lawrence Hill.

 

Zaslavsky, C. (1991). World cultures in the mathematics class. For the Learning of Mathematics, 11(2), 32-36.

 

Zaslavsky, C. (1992). Multicultural mathematics: interdisciplinarity cooperative-learning activities. Portland, ME: Walch.

 

Zaslavsky, C. (1996). The multicultural math classroom bringing in the world. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

 

Zaslavsky, C. (c1993). Multicultural mathematics interdisciplinary, cooperative-learning activities. Portland, ME: J. Weston Walch.

 

Zeichner, K. M., Melnick, S. L., & Gomez, M. L. (1996). Currents of reform in preservice teacher education. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Zimmermann, P. (1989). Interkulturelle Germanistik Dialog der Kulturen auf Deutsch? Frankfurt am Main New York: P. Lang.

 

Zimmermann, P. (1989). Interkulturelle Germanistik: Dialog der Kulturen auf Deutsch? Frankfurt am Main New York: P. Lang.

 

Zimmermann, S. (1995). Perceptions of Intercultural Communication Competence and International Student Adaptation to an American Campus. Communication Education, 44(4), 321-335.

 

Zúñiga Castillo, M., Pozzi-Escot, I., & López, L. E. (1991). Educación bilingüe intercultural reflexiones y desafíos. Lima, Perú: FOMCIENCIAS.